{"title":"Tooltos Free Shipping to China | Professional Jewelry Tools","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"adjustable-temperature-jewelry-electric-wax-welder","title":"Tooltos Elektrischer Wachsschweißer für Schmuck mit einstellbarer Temperatur","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSofortiges Aufheizen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der elektrische Wachsmalstift heizt sich sofort auf, ohne dass man warten muss, und die Schmelztemperatur von 0 bis 150 °C kann nach Bedarf eingestellt werden.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBenutzerfreundliches Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das Wachsschweißgerät ist kompakt, sicher und stabil, einfach zu bedienen und zu warten und liefert professionelle Schweißergebnisse.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIsolierter Griff und Legierungsspitze:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der elektrische Buntstift ist mit einem isolierten Griff ausgestattet, der leicht zu halten und mit einer Hand zu bedienen ist, und die Legierungsschweißspitze funktioniert zuverlässig und hat eine lange Lebensdauer.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dieses Wachsschweißgerät wird hauptsächlich zum Schweißen oder Reparieren von Wachsformteilen bei der Schmuckherstellung verwendet, eignet sich für Wachsschnitzdesign, das Schweißen elektronischer Schaltkreise, orales Schnitzwachs und andere Arbeiten und ist sehr gut für den persönlichen Heimwerker- und Schmuckatelierbereich geeignet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 220V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Ausgang: Dco~15V 0,5A\u003cbr\u003e Sicherung: 0,5 A\u003cbr\u003e Temperaturbereich: 50 ~ 150 ℃\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 100 * 160 * 70 MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 1,12 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * elektrisches Wachsschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißkreide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":51393003585835,"sku":"JHLDGJ021","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":51393003618603,"sku":"JHLDGJ007","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-adjustable-temperature-jewelry-electric-wax-welder-1155024173.jpg?v=1744168892"},{"product_id":"miniature-electric-grinding-tools-grinder-set-polishing-cutting-drilling-machine-derusting-mini-hand-held-buffing-equipment-kit","title":"Miniatur-Elektro-Schleifwerkzeug-Set Flexwellen-Drehwerkzeug-Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e Funktionen: Polieren, Trimmen, Schnitzen, Schneiden, Bohren, Markieren, Zeichnen.\u003cbr\u003e Anwendung: Geschenke aus Edelstahl, Porzellan, Stein, Glas, Kunststoff, Holz, Aluminium, Armbänder usw.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1. Leichtes Design, präziser Betrieb, leise und stabil.\u003cbr\u003e 2. Tragbar und einfach zu bedienen.\u003cbr\u003e 3. Anwendungsbereich: Schnitzen, Polieren von Smaragd\/Stein\/Glas\/Holz\/Computergehäuse\/Leiterplatte\/PC-Materialbohren.\u003cbr\u003e 4. Es kann auch zum Stanzen von Kupfer, Aluminium, Holz, Kunststoff, Faserplatten, Leiterplatten und Epoxidplatten verwendet werden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Produktspannung: 220 V\u003cbr\u003e Produktfrequenz: 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Eingangsleistung: 180 W\u003cbr\u003e Nenndrehzahl: 8000 ~ 33000 U\/min\u003cbr\u003e Bit-Typ: Mini-Bit\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 1,9 kg\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46021817762091,"sku":"JHGG00008","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tool-miniature-electric-grinding-tools-set-polishing-cutting-drilling-machine-42190052720939.jpg?v=1693919343"},{"product_id":"30a-pulse-sparkle-gold-silver-platinum-jewelry-spot-welding-machine","title":"30A Pulse Sparkle Gold Silber Platin Schmuck Punktschweißgerät","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAnweisungen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-content\"\u003e 1. Verwendet Hochfrequenz-Plasma-Entladungsprinzip, die Bildung des Metallschweißbadmoments\u003cbr\u003e 2. Passen Sie die Ausgangsleistung verschiedener Größen je nach Draht an\u003cbr\u003e 3. des Werkstücks glatt, fest, schnell, hohe Effizienz \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-title\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpannung\u003c\/span\u003e : 110 V\/220 V, 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 400W\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\n\n \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStrom: 30A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 380 * 190 * 140MM\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e Gewicht: 5,1 kg \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\" class=\"detailmodule_text\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-title\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-content\"\u003e 1. Elektrodenhalter mit dem Ausgang verbunden, negativer Elektrodenhalter mit dem positiven Ausgang verbunden.\u003cbr\u003e 2. Wolframnadeln können an der Schleifmaschine geschärft werden, wobei das Punktentladungsprinzip angewendet wird.\u003cbr\u003e 3. Wolframnadel muss beim Einbau des Schweißkopfes um 5 mm verlängert werden. Wolframnadeldurchmesser 1 mm \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"detailmodule_text\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-title\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSchritte:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-content\"\u003e 1. Einschalten, Netzschalter einschalten.\u003cbr\u003e 2. Stellen Sie den Leistungsknopf auf grob und fein ein. Je nach Arbeitsanforderungen kann der Skalenwert angepasst werden \u003cbr\u003e3. Das Werkstück wird mit einer Pinzette festgeklemmt. Die Wolframnadel zur Ausrichtung der Werkstückschnittstelle (bester Abstand 5 mm) darf das Werkstück nicht berühren.\u003cbr\u003e 4. Mit dem Fuß über einen Fußschalter (Füße weg) schalten. Schweißen ist abgeschlossen. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\" class=\"detailmodule_text\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-title\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNotiz:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"detail-desc-decorate-content\"\u003e 1. Das Betätigen des Fußschalters ist nicht zu lange, sondern erfolgt sofort, da das Betätigen des Fußschalters zu lange dauert und die Maschine kurzgeschlossen wird und der interne Schaltkreis durchbrennt\u003cbr\u003e 2. Bei dieser Maschine handelt es sich um ein Präzisionsgerät. Bitte gehen Sie vorsichtig damit um.\u003cbr\u003e 3. Bei Augenverletzungen sind Schutzmaßnahmen zu treffen.\u003cbr\u003e 4. Fußschalter wird gedrückt, die Hand berührt nicht die Metallteile der Wolframnadel und der Pinzette, da es sonst zu einem Kribbeln kommt.\u003cbr\u003e 5. Laien führen keine Überholung durch, es herrscht hoher Druck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":46021954863403,"sku":"JHJGDH021","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":46021954830635,"sku":"JHJGDH004","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tool-30a-pulse-sparkle-gold-silver-platinum-jewelry-spot-welding-machine-42193402134827.jpg?v=1693900248"},{"product_id":"triplet-lens-loupe-magnifier-10x-20x-30x-jeweler-diamond-loupe-quality-magnifying-glass-foldable-eye-magnifier-optical-lenses","title":"Triplet-Linsenlupe mit Tragetasche","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMerkmale:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1. 100 % nagelneu und von hoher Qualität\u003cbr\u003e 2. Hohe Qualität, ideal für die Uhren- oder Schmuckindustrie.\u003cbr\u003e 3. Gut für die Reparatur von Schmuck und Uhren, zum Lesen usw\u003cbr\u003e 4. Zusammenklappbares und kleines Design, tragbar und leicht zu tragen\u003cbr\u003e 5. Tolles Werkzeug zum Bewerten von Schmuck, Münzen, Briefmarken und Antiquitäten usw\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Paketgewicht: ca. 0,045 kg\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 x Lupe mit Tragetasche\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"10X18MM","offer_id":46021962367275,"sku":"JHJGJZ061","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20X18MM","offer_id":46021962400043,"sku":"JHJGJZ062","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30X18MM","offer_id":46021962432811,"sku":"JHJGJZ079","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tool-triplet-lens-loupe-magnifier-with-a-carrying-case-42186971808043.jpg?v=1693899163"},{"product_id":"goldsmith-little-torch-kit-jewel-tools-equipment-jewelry-welding-machine-propane-torch-jewellery-making-tool-1-set-with-5-tips","title":"Propan Goldsmith Little Torch Set","description":"\u003cp\u003e Das Propane Goldsmith Little Torch Set ist ein Schmuckschweißbrenner von außergewöhnlicher Qualität und Wert. Dieses Brennerset umfasst fünf Spitzen mit einem Durchmesser von 1\/8\" bis 7\/8\" und ist für die Verwendung mit Sauerstoff und einer Vielzahl gängiger Industriebrenngase wie Acetylen, Wasserstoff, Propan, Propylen und MPS geeignet. Zubehör wie Zylinder, Regler, Spitzenverlängerungen, extralange Schläuche und Spezialspitzen sind ebenfalls erhältlich. Dieses Set wiegt nur 0,4 kg. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46021999690027,"sku":"JHJGHX032","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tool-propane-goldsmith-little-torch-set-42189496975659.jpg?v=1693850773"},{"product_id":"100pcs-polishing-wheel-fiber-cotton-wool-buffing-wheel","title":"100 Stück Polierscheibe aus Fasern, Baumwolle und Wolle","description":"\u003cp\u003e Unterschiedliche Materialien und Formen eignen sich für unterschiedliche Verwendungszwecke. Sie sind alle zum Feinpolieren geeignet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Vielfältige Anwendungsmöglichkeiten, macht polierte Gegenstände sauber und glänzend, ideal für Schmuck, Uhren, verschiedene Formen, Glas, Holz, Metalloberflächen usw\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Produktname: Polierscheibe aus Faserwatte\u003cbr\u003e Produktmaterial: Faser \u0026amp; Baumwolle \u0026amp; Wolle \u0026amp; Leder \u0026amp; Stoff\u003cbr\u003e Produktspezifikationen: Schaftdurchmesser 2,35 mm\/3 mm. 3-mm-Dornpolierräder passen für die meisten Dremel-Rotationswerkzeuge, Polierer, Handbohrmaschinen usw.\u003cbr\u003e Produktverpackung: 100 Stück\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eProduktgewicht\u003c\/span\u003e : ca. 0,5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarme Nachricht:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eBei der Verwendung sollte die Geschwindigkeit des Werkzeugs nicht zu hoch sein. Es wird empfohlen, den niedrigsten Gang zu verwenden. Eine zu hohe Drehzahl kann leicht zum Auseinanderbrechen der Bürste führen und die Lebensdauer beeinträchtigen.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eEmpfohlen für die Verwendung mit Wachs\u003cbr\u003e Mit Wachs arbeitende Polierscheiben machen polierte Gegenstände sauber und glänzend\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli style=\"list-style: none;\"\u003e\u003cscript src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/api\/player.js\"\u003e\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0 0 0 0; position: relative;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/video\/547771753?badge=0\u0026amp;autopause=0\u0026amp;player_id=0\u0026amp;app_id=58479\u0026amp;h=fc3906af55\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;\" title=\"bulun.flv\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"autoplay; fullscreen; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript src=\"https:\/\/player.vimeo.com\/api\/player.js\"\u003e\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Weiße Kleidung \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047367467,"sku":"DKSP000045","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weiße Kleidung \/ 3,0 MM","offer_id":46022047400235,"sku":"DKSP000046","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gelbes Tuch \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047433003,"sku":"DKSP000047","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gelbes Tuch \/ 3,0 MM","offer_id":46022047465771,"sku":"DKSP000048","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weiche Wolle \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047498539,"sku":"DKSP000056","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weiche Wolle \/ 3,0 MM","offer_id":46022047531307,"sku":"DKSP000057","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gelbes Leder \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047564075,"sku":"DKSP000053","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Weicher Draht \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047596843,"sku":"DKSP000052","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Harter Draht \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047629611,"sku":"DKSP000051","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Harte Wolle \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047662379,"sku":"DKSP000054","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Harte Wolle \/ 3,0 MM","offer_id":46022047695147,"sku":"DKSP000055","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rote Faser \/ 2,35 MM","offer_id":46022047727915,"sku":"DKSP000049","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rote Faser \/ 3,0 MM","offer_id":46022047760683,"sku":"DKSP000050","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tool-white-cloth-2-35-mm-100pcs-polishing-wheel-fiber-cotton-wool-buffing-wheel-42193813668139.jpg?v=1768213726"},{"product_id":"30a-jewelry-pulse-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum","title":"Tooltos 30A Puls-Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät für Gold, Silber und Platin","description":"\u003cp\u003e Dieses Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät kann zum schnellen Schweißen von Platin, Gold, Silber und Stahl sowie an Ringmündungen und Melonenschnallen verwendet werden. Feindraht-Präzisionsschweißen, Direktschweißen ohne Schweißpulver. Glatte Schweißstelle.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Durch die Anwendung des Plasma-Hochfrequenzentladungsprinzips entsteht sofort ein Schmelzbad in der Metallschweißnaht.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Passen Sie die Ausgangsleistung entsprechend der unterschiedlichen Drahtgröße an\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Das geschweißte Werkstück ist glatt, fest, schnell und effizient.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Stromversorgung: 110 V\/220 V, 50\/60 Hz.\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 400W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 30A\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,4–1,0 mm.\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 285 * 166 * 127MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: 5,1 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * 30A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * schweißen Clip\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedienungsschritte\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1. Schließen Sie die Elektrodenklemme an den negativen Ausgangspol und den Elektrodenhalter an den positiven Ausgangspol an, schalten Sie die Stromversorgung ein und schalten Sie dann den Netzschalter ein.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 2. Stellen Sie den Leistungsknopf ein, unterteilt in Grob- und Feineinstellung. Entsprechend den Anforderungen der Arbeit kann der Skalenwert beliebig eingestellt werden\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 3. Verwenden Sie eine Pinzette, um das Werkstück festzuklemmen. Richten Sie die Werkstückschnittstelle mit der Wolframnadel aus (der beste Abstand beträgt 5 mm), damit das Werkstück nicht berührt wird. Die Wolframnadel kann auf der Schleifmaschine geschärft werden, wobei das Prinzip der Spitzenentladungsarbeit angewendet wird.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Wolframnadeldurchmesser 1,5 mm\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 4 - Mit dem Fuß auf den Fußschalter treten. (Fuß wegnehmen). Das Punktschweißen ist abgeschlossen.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNotiz\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1. Der Fuß darf nicht zu lange auf den Fußschalter treten. Der Fuß muss sofort entfernt werden. Wenn beispielsweise zu lange auf den Schalter getreten wird, kommt es zu einem Kurzschluss der Maschine und die internen Schaltkreise brennen durch. \u003cbr\u003e2. Blitze können die Augen schädigen. Treffen Sie daher sorgfältige Schutzmaßnahmen.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 3. Wenn Sie auf den Fußschalter treten, berühren Sie nicht gleichzeitig den Metallteil der Wolframnadel und der Pinzette, da sonst ein Nadelstichgefühl entsteht.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 4. Nichtfachleute, bitte nicht zerlegen, es liegt Hochspannung an.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":47381066580267,"sku":"JHJGDH021","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":47381066613035,"sku":"JHJGDH004","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-30a-pulse-jewelry-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum-48136654651691.jpg?v=1731491785"},{"product_id":"80a-jewelry-pulse-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum","title":"Tooltos 80A Puls-Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät für Gold, Silber und Platin","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDieses Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät kann zum schnellen Schweißen von Platin, Gold, Silber und Stahl sowie an Ringmündungen und Melonenschnallen verwendet werden. Feindraht-Präzisionsschweißen, Direktschweißen ohne Schweißpulver. Glatte Schweißstelle.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDurch die Anwendung des Plasma-Hochfrequenzentladungsprinzips entsteht sofort ein Schmelzbad in der Metallschweißnaht.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePassen Sie die Ausgangsleistung entsprechend der unterschiedlichen Drahtgröße an\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDas geschweißte Werkstück ist glatt, fest, schnell und effizient.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStromversorgung: 110 V\/220 V, 50\/60 Hz.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLeistung: 400W\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStrom: 80A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,5–1,5 mm.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGröße: 250 * 25,8 * 132 MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGewicht: ca. 5,8 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * 80A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * schweißen Clip\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBedienungsschritte\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1. Schließen Sie die Elektrodenklemme an den negativen Ausgangspol und den Elektrodenhalter an den positiven Ausgangspol an, schalten Sie die Stromversorgung ein und schalten Sie dann den Netzschalter ein.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e2. Stellen Sie den Leistungsknopf ein, der in Grob- und Feineinstellung unterteilt ist. Entsprechend den Anforderungen der Arbeit kann der Skalenwert beliebig eingestellt werden\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e3. Verwenden Sie eine Pinzette, um das Werkstück festzuklemmen. Richten Sie die Werkstückschnittstelle mit der Wolframnadel aus (der beste Abstand beträgt 5 mm), damit das Werkstück nicht berührt wird. Die Wolframnadel kann auf der Schleifmaschine geschärft werden, wobei das Prinzip der Spitzenentladungsarbeit angewendet wird.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eWolframnadeldurchmesser 1,5 mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e4 - Mit dem Fuß auf den Fußschalter treten. (Fuß wegnehmen). Das Punktschweißen ist abgeschlossen.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eNotiz\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1. Der Fuß darf nicht zu lange auf den Fußschalter treten. Der Fuß muss sofort entfernt werden. Wenn beispielsweise zu lange auf den Schalter getreten wird, kommt es zu einem Kurzschluss der Maschine und die internen Schaltkreise brennen durch.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e2. Blitze können die Augen schädigen. Treffen Sie daher sorgfältige Schutzmaßnahmen.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e3. Wenn Sie auf den Fußschalter treten, berühren Sie nicht gleichzeitig den Metallteil der Wolframnadel und der Pinzette, da sonst ein Nadelstichgefühl entsteht.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e4. Nichtfachleute, bitte nicht zerlegen, es liegt Hochspannung an.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":47425394835755,"sku":"JHJGDH027","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":47425394868523,"sku":"JHJGDH010","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-80a-jewelry-pulse-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum-45775013249323.jpg?v=1716194683"},{"product_id":"50a-jewelry-pulse-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum","title":"Tooltos 50A Puls-Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät für Gold, Silber und Platin","description":"\u003cp\u003eErleben Sie reibungsloses, effizientes und präzises Schweißen mit dem 50A-Schmuckpunktschweißgerät. Dieses Gerät schweißt mühelos Platin, Gold, Silber und Stahl und nutzt das Plasma-Hochfrequenz-Entladungsprinzip für die sofortige Schmelzbadbildung. Schweißpulver ist nicht erforderlich, da feine Drähte, einschließlich Ringmündungen und Melonenschnallen, direkt geschweißt werden können. Passen Sie die Ausgangsleistung an unterschiedliche Drahtgrößen an, um optimale Ergebnisse zu erzielen. Dieses Gerät liefert jedes Mal glatte, feste und schnell geschweißte Teile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 300W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 50A\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,5–1,2 mm\u003cbr\u003e Produktgröße: 300 * 215 * 145 MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 5,5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * 50A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Fußschalter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Stromkabel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Schweißclip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Wolframnadel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedienungsschritte\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cbr\u003e1. Schließen Sie die Elektrodenklemme an den negativen Ausgangspol und den Elektrodenhalter an den positiven Ausgangspol an, schalten Sie die Stromversorgung ein und schalten Sie dann den Netzschalter ein.\u003cbr\u003e 2. Stellen Sie den Leistungsknopf ein, unterteilt in Grob- und Feineinstellungen. Entsprechend den Anforderungen der Arbeit kann der Skalenwert beliebig eingestellt werden\u003cbr\u003e 3. Klemmen Sie die Werkstückschnittstelle mit einer Pinzette so fest, dass die Wolframnadel (der optimale Abstand beträgt 5 mm) mit dem Werkstück in Kontakt kommt. Die Wolframnadel kann nach dem Prinzip der Spitzenentladung auf der Schleifmaschine geschärft werden.\u003cbr\u003e Wolframnadeldurchmesser 1,5 mm\u003cbr\u003e 4. Treten Sie mit dem Fuß auf den Fußschalter. (Fuß wegnehmen). Das Punktschweißen ist abgeschlossen.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNotiz\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Der Fuß darf nicht zu lange auf den Fußschalter treten. Wenn Sie darauf treten, wird er sofort entfernt. Wenn Sie beispielsweise zu lange auf den Schalter treten, befindet sich die Maschine in einem Kurzschlusszustand, wodurch die internen Schaltkreise durchbrennen.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2. Blitze können die Augen schädigen. Treffen Sie daher beim Verwenden sorgfältiger Schutzmaßnahmen.\u003cbr\u003e 3. Wenn Sie auf den Fußschalter treten, berühren Sie nicht gleichzeitig den Metallteil der Wolframnadel und der Pinzette, da sonst ein Nadelstichgefühl entsteht.\u003cbr\u003e 4. Nichtfachleute sollten das Gerät nicht auseinandernehmen, da Hochspannung herrscht.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":47446804791595,"sku":"JHJGDH025","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":47446804824363,"sku":"JHJGDH008","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-50a-jewelry-pulse-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum-45674217242923.jpg?v=1715765554"},{"product_id":"100a-jewelry-pulse-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum","title":"Tooltos 100A Puls-Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät für Gold, Silber und Platin","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSchweißabstand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Schmuckschweißgerät kann 0,5–2,0 mm schweißen, Schweißstrom: 100 A; Leistung: 600 W, Pulsstromeinstellung ist bequem und klar. Durch Drehen des Potentiometers nach rechts wird der Wert erhöht, durch Drehen des Potentiometers nach links wird der Wert verringert. \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunktionsprinzip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nach dem Prinzip der Hochfrequenz-Plasmaentladung werden im Schmelzbad sofort Metallschweißnähte gebildet; die Schweißnähte sind seidenweich und haben eine gleichmäßige Textur. Passen Sie die Ausgangsleistung entsprechend den unterschiedlichen Drahtgrößen an. Das geschweißte Werkstück ist glatt, fest, schnell und effizient.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAnwendbarkeit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das Puls-Schmuckpunktschweißgerät kann zum Schweißen von Gold, Silber, Platin und Palladium sowie Edelstahl verwendet werden. Feiner Präzisionsschweißdraht, direkt ohne Lötpulver geschweißt. Ideal für die Schmuckherstellung und -verarbeitung, geeignet für Schmuckhersteller oder -reparateure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110V\/220V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 600W\u003cbr\u003e Schweißstrom: 100A\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,5–2 mm.\u003cbr\u003e Produktgröße: 255 * 245 * 130 mm\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 6kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 * 100A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 * Fußschalter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 * Stromkabel\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 * schweißen Clip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Handschweißbrenner\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 * wolfram Nadel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHinweis:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bitte beachten Sie, dass Sie den Fußschalter nicht zu lange betätigen dürfen. Treten Sie beim Schweißen darauf und lassen Sie den Fußschalter los, wenn Sie mit dem Schweißen aufhören. Wenn Sie zu lange auf den Schalter treten, kommt es zu einem Kurzschluss der Maschine, wodurch der interne Schaltkreis durchbrennt.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":47511248961835,"sku":"JHJGDH012+","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":47511248994603,"sku":"JHJGDH036+","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-100a-jewelry-pulse-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum-45775059091755.jpg?v=1716195218"},{"product_id":"single-head-gravermate-jewelry-pneumatic-engraving-machine","title":"Tooltos GraverMate Pneumatische Schmuckgraviermaschine mit Einhandbedienung","description":"\u003cp\u003e Die pneumatischen Einkopf-Gravierwerkzeuge bieten Ihnen genügend Kraft für tiefe Gravuren und eine feine Kontrolle bei Gold- und Silberarbeiten. Mit einem Hochgeschwindigkeits-Gravierhandstück können Sie Perlen heben und Schmuck mit 80 % weniger Kraftaufwand als mit der Hand schneiden. Es ist für Profis und Anfänger geeignet, um ein filigranes Meisterwerk aus Metall zu schaffen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePräzises und einstellbares Manometer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der pneumatische Stichel ist mit einem Druckregler und einem Manometer ausgestattet. Sie können den geeigneten Druck nach Bedarf auswählen und den Druck rechtzeitig am Manometer ablesen, um einen besseren Gravureffekt zu gewährleisten.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEinstellbare Geschwindigkeit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Schließen Sie das Fußpedal direkt an die Buchse auf der Rückseite des Schmuckgravierers an. Durch Einstellen dieses Geräts können Sie die Gravurgeschwindigkeit und die Stärke der Aufprallkraft effektiv steuern und anpassen.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTragbares Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die pneumatische Handgraviermaschine besteht aus rostfreiem Stahl mit lackierter Oberfläche. Dank des kompakten und leichten Designs lässt sie sich leicht bewegen und an verschiedenen Orten verwenden.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAngemessenes Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die pneumatische Schmuckgraviermaschine verfügt über ein benutzerfreundliches Design und ein angemessenes Layout, ist einfach zu bedienen, intuitiv und klar. Das Fußpedal ermöglicht eine präzise Steuerung. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVielfältige Anwendungsmöglichkeiten:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die pneumatische Graviermaschine eignet sich zum Gravieren von Metallschmuck aller Art. Der Anwendungsbereich umfasst Schmuckverarbeitung, Gravieren, Schnitzen, Rollenperlenkanten, Mosaik usw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110V\/220V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50 Hz\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 80 W\u003cbr\u003e Einstellbare Geschwindigkeit: 1400 U\/min\u003cbr\u003e Luftdruck: 0-3 kg\/cm²\u003cbr\u003e Produktgröße: 23 * 22,8 * 23,5 cm\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 7kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * pneumatische Einzelkopf-Graviermaschine\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * pneumatische Graveur Handstück\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Anschlussrohr\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Englisches Handbuch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Fußpedal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Netzkabel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Inbusschlüssel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Frühling\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":47542462480683,"sku":"JHDKDKS26","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":47542462513451,"sku":"JHDKDKS08","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-single-handle-gravermate-jewelry-pneumatic-engraving-machine-45647028781355.jpg?v=1715659013"},{"product_id":"30a-plating-rectifier-jewelry-plating-machine","title":"Tooltos 30A 20V Beschichtungsgleichrichter Schmuckbeschichtungsmaschine","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eStabile Leistung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Silber-Gold-Beschichtungsmaschine verfügt über ein tragbares, leichtes Design, ist aber hocheffizient. Diese Schmuckbeschichtungsmaschine zeichnet sich durch schnelles und präzises Beschichten aus, um einen glatten, gleichmäßigen und sauberen Film zu erzielen.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDigitale Anzeige mit zwei Zifferblättern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das Goldgalvanisierungsset verfügt über eine hochwertige digitale Anzeige mit zwei Zifferblättern. Mit den Spannungs- und Stromzifferblättern können Sie die Anzeige präzise anpassen und steuern, um verschiedenen Situationen gerecht zu werden. \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffektive Wärmeableitung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die großflächige Wärmeableitung auf der Oberseite des Galvanik-Kits unterstützt eine effektive Kühlung, die die Temperatur der Galvanikmaschine senkt und für einen stabilen Betrieb sorgt.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMehrfacher Schutz:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aus Sicherheitsgründen verfügt die Vergoldungsmaschine über mehrere Schutzmechanismen, wie z. B. automatische Spannungsregelung, Überspannungsschutz, Überstromschutz, Unterspannungsschutz, Unterspannungsschutz usw.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUmfangreiche Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Als ideale Wahl für die Oberflächenbehandlung ist der Galvanikgleichrichter vielseitig einsetzbar für Kupfer, Nickel, Chrom, Gold, Silber und verschiedene Beschichtungsarten. Die Beschichtungsmaschine für Schmuck hat offensichtliche Auswirkungen auf verschiedene Metalle, wie z. B. die Beschichtung von Kupfer, Nickel, Chrom, Gold, Silber, Elektrophorese usw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110V\/220V\u003cbr\u003e Max. Strom: 30 A\u003cbr\u003e Max. einstellbare Spannung: 20 V\u003cbr\u003e Produktgröße: 305 * 195 * 180 MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 10,5kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 x PM260A Schmuckbeschichtungsmaschine\u003cbr\u003e 1 x \u003cspan\u003eKrokodilklemme.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 x Benutzerhandbuch\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":47591640334635,"sku":"JHDDDDJ24","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":47591640367403,"sku":"JHDDDDJ11","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-30a-20v-plating-rectifier-jewelry-plating-machine-46719677759787.jpg?v=1721184450"},{"product_id":"beads-electric-roller-jewelry-polishing-machine","title":"Tooltos Beads Elektrische Roller-Schmuckpoliermaschine","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLanglebiger, leistungsstarker Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hochwertiger Eintrommel-Trommelpolierer mit langlebigem, leistungsstarkem Motor zum einfachen Polieren und Entfernen von Rost.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEinfache Bedienung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Einfach zu bedienen, verwandeln Sie mit diesem professionellen Polierer gewöhnliche Steine ​​in wunderschön polierte Edelsteine!\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLeise und auslaufsicher:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ausgestattet mit einem geräuschreduzierenden Gummifass und einem Edelstahldeckel ist es sowohl auslaufsicher als auch viel leiser als PVC-Fässer. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Es kann zum Polieren von Jade, zum Polieren von Schmuck, zum Entgraten, zum Entfernen von Rost und zur Renovierung verwendet werden. Perfekt für Schmuckanfänger, Juweliere\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 16 W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 0,15 Ampere\u003cbr\u003e Geschwindigkeit: 2700 U\/min\u003cbr\u003e Zylinder: 118 U\/min\u003cbr\u003e Kapazität: 3 kg\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 3,1 KG\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * elektrische Roller Polieren Maschine\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Polyurethan-UP-Rolle\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Bedienungsanleitung\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":48150438773035,"sku":"JHDKKZ074","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":48150438805803,"sku":"JHDKKZ073","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-electric-jewelry-beads-roller-polishing-machine-47134509334827.jpg?v=1726315896"},{"product_id":"kaya-cast-hh-cm06-jewelry-precision-vacuum-investing-casting-melting-machine","title":"KAYA CAST Schmuck Präzisions-Vakuum-Investitionsguss-Schmelzmaschine HH-CM06","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSchnelles Schmelzen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die KAYA CAST Schmuck-Präzisions-Vakuum-Einbettguss-Schmelzanlage heizt sich schnell auf. Sie kann Metalle mit Schmelzpunkten unter 1100 °C in 48 Minuten schmelzen. Ideal für die Herstellung von Goldnuggets, Barren oder Schmuck, das Einschmelzen von Recyclingschrott, die Schmuckveredelung und das Gießen einer Vielzahl schnellschmelzender Metalle wie Gold, Silber, Blei, Kupfer, Messing, Bronze, Aluminium und mehr.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVakuumhaube:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Vakuumhaube besteht aus dickem Luftfahrtkunststoff für hervorragende Abdichtung und Vakuumleistung und trägt dazu bei, die Entstehung von Graten und Luftblasen während des Gussprozesses zu minimieren.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEingebaute Vakuumpumpe:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eSchmuck-Vakuum-Einbettguss-Schmelzmaschine mit eingebauter Vakuumpumpe, eine Pumpe für zwei Zwecke, spart Ressourcen und Platz. Bequemes Betanken, eingebautes Betankungsgerät, kann auf die Standardleitung verweisen, um die Betankungsmenge anzupassen.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePräzises Manometer:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eDas präzise Manometer unserer Geräte ermöglicht präzise und effiziente Einstellungen und ermöglicht es dem Anwender, exakte Druckwerte zu erreichen. Die Konstruktion besteht aus einem gut sichtbaren, soliden Gehäuse, das eine intuitive und mühelose Datenerfassung ermöglicht. Das Design des Manometers gewährleistet eine einfache Überwachung und Feinabstimmung der Druckeinstellungen und garantiert so präzise Bedienung.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGroßraum-Gießraum:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eDer geräumige Innenraum ist für verschiedene Gießaufgaben ausgelegt. Er bietet Platz für die größte Helmgröße von 10 x 18 cm und bietet ausreichend Platz für mehrere Gießvorgänge oder die Unterbringung größerer Formen. Diese großzügige Kapazität gewährleistet Vielseitigkeit im Gießprozess und ermöglicht eine effiziente und umfassende Schmuckproduktion ohne Kompromisse bei Qualität oder Größenbeschränkungen.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEffiziente Wärmeableitung, benutzerfreundliches Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Große Wärmeableitungslöcher auf der Rückseite sorgen für eine stabile Wärmeableitung und führen überschüssige Wärme während des Betriebs ab. Die robuste Konstruktion ist für eine einfache und bequeme Bedienung ausgelegt. Durchdachte Details wie bequeme Griffe und Gummifüße sorgen für mehr Komfort. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Präzisions-Vakuum-Feinguss-Schmelzmaschinen für Schmuck finden breite Anwendung in verschiedenen Branchen, darunter Schmuckverarbeitungsfabriken, Schmuckdesign-Geschäfte und Kunstproduktionsstätten. Sie eignen sich für die Verarbeitung einer Vielzahl von Metallen wie Gold, Silber, Kupfer und anderen Legierungen.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinweis:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dieses Produkt enthält kein Vakuumöl. Sie müssen es selbst kaufen. Denken Sie daran, vor Gebrauch Vakuumöl hinzuzufügen, da die Maschine sonst nicht funktioniert.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Daten\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Modell: HH-CM06\u003cbr\u003e Wurfleistung: 400 W\u003cbr\u003e Schmelzleistung: 1500 W\u003cbr\u003e Vakuumpumpe: 2L\u003cbr\u003e Vakuumtischgröße: 200 x 200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Vakuumhaubengröße: 150 x 250 mm\u003cbr\u003e Gießraumgröße: 140*190 MM\u003cbr\u003e Max. Größe der Gipsform aus Edelstahl: 4 x 7 Zoll\u003cbr\u003e Graphittiegelkapazität: 2 kg\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 440 * 440 * 610 mm\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 49,8 KG\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * Kaya Cast Schmuck Vakuum Investieren Guss Schmelzen Maschine\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Vakuumhaube\u003cbr\u003e 1*2KG Graphit Tiegel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Helmzange \u003cbr\u003e1*3,5*4 Zoll Edelstahl-Gipsform\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Gipsformzange aus Edelstahl\u003cbr\u003e 3 * Metalldichtung\u003cbr\u003e 4 * Gummidichtung\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * isolierte Handschuhe\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":48280496472363,"sku":"JHZZZZJ019","price":1499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":48280496505131,"sku":"JHZZZZJ018","price":1499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-kaya-cast-jewelry-precision-vacuum-investing-casting-melting-machine-hh-cm06-45382004212011.jpg?v=1714465071"},{"product_id":"80a-sparkle-pulse-jewelry-spot-welder-blue","title":"Tooltos 80A Sparkle Pulse Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät für Gold, Silber und Platin","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHocheffizientes Schweißen\u003c\/strong\u003e : Das Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät nutzt das Prinzip der Plasma-Hochfrequenzentladung, um einen Hochtemperaturlichtbogen zwischen Werkstück und Wolframnadel zu erzeugen. Dadurch bildet sich an den Metallschweißverbindungen sofort ein Schmelzbad, um ein gleichmäßiges, festes, schnelles und effizientes Schweißen zu gewährleisten. Das Punktschweißgerät verwendet hochwertige Kondensatoren, ist widerstandsfähig gegen Netzschwankungen, stabilisiert die Spannung und bietet eine stabilere Schweißleistung. Der Lichtbogen bricht nicht so leicht.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntelligente Anpassung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der Punktschweißer für Schmuck kann je nach Werkstück, Größe der Schweißnaht und Prozessanforderungen angepasst werden. Mit dem Grob- und dem Mikroeinstellungsknopf lässt sich die Ausgangsleistung präzise einstellen.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRobust und langlebig:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verdickte Blechschale, Sprühlackierung, stark, verschleißfest, rostfrei, korrosionsbeständig, wirksamer Schutz der inneren Komponenten, verlängert die Lebensdauer. Die Maschine ist mit mehreren Kühllöchern ausgestattet, um eine stabile Schweißleistung zu gewährleisten und ein Verbrennen nach längerem Betrieb zu verhindern.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eDieses Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät wird hauptsächlich zum schnellen Schweißen von Platin, Gold, Karatgold, Silber und Kupfer verwendet. Hauptsächlich zum Löten von Schmuckringverschlüssen. Es eignet sich für Glasreparaturen, Schmuck, Blechspielzeug, Kunsthandwerk, Zahnersatz, Metalldrähte, Heimwerken, Kieferorthopädie usw.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 500W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 80A\u003cbr\u003e Wolframnadeldurchmesser: 1,5 mm\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,3–1,5 mm\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 248 * 255 * 130MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 4,8 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * 80A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißclip\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Wolframnadel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel Halter \u003cbr\u003e1 * Handheld-Schweißbrenner\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":48953895649579,"sku":"JHJGDH041+","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220","offer_id":48953895682347,"sku":"JHJGDH035+","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-80a-blue-pulse-sparkle-jewelry-spot-welding-machine-45774401929515.jpg?v=1737614217"},{"product_id":"50a-argon-pulse-sparkle-jewelry-spot-welder","title":"Tooltos 50A Argon Pulse Sparkle Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHocheffizientes Schweißen\u003c\/strong\u003e : Das Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät nutzt das Prinzip der Plasma-Hochfrequenzentladung, um einen Hochtemperaturlichtbogen zwischen Werkstück und Wolframnadel zu erzeugen. Dadurch bildet sich an den Metallschweißverbindungen sofort ein Schmelzbad, um ein gleichmäßiges, festes, schnelles und effizientes Schweißen zu gewährleisten. Das Punktschweißgerät verwendet hochwertige Kondensatoren, ist widerstandsfähig gegen Netzschwankungen, stabilisiert die Spannung und bietet eine stabilere Schweißleistung. Der Lichtbogen bricht nicht so leicht.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntelligente Anpassung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der Punktschweißer für Schmuck kann je nach Werkstück, Größe der Schweißnaht und Prozessanforderungen angepasst werden. Mit dem Grob- und dem Mikroeinstellungsknopf lässt sich die Ausgangsleistung präzise einstellen.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArgonschutz:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das optische Barometer zeigt den Luftdruck präzise an. Legierungen, die beim Schweißen oxidieren, können mit Argonschutzgas verbunden und ohne Flussmittel geschweißt werden. Die Schweißnähte sind glatt, nicht geschwärzt und erfordern weder Entzunderung noch Entzunderung.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRobust und langlebig:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verdickte Blechschale, Sprühlackierung, stark, verschleißfest, rostfrei, korrosionsbeständig, wirksamer Schutz der inneren Komponenten, verlängert die Lebensdauer. Die Maschine ist mit mehreren Kühllöchern ausgestattet, um eine stabile Schweißleistung zu gewährleisten und ein Verbrennen nach längerem Betrieb zu verhindern.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eDieses Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät wird hauptsächlich zum schnellen Schweißen von Platin, Gold, Karatgold, Silber und Kupfer verwendet. Hauptsächlich zum Löten von Schmuckringverschlüssen. Es eignet sich für Glasreparaturen, Schmuck, Blechspielzeug, Kunsthandwerk, Zahnersatz, Metalldrähte, Heimwerken, Kieferorthopädie usw.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinweis:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Bestellung beinhaltet kein Argongas, Kunden müssen ihr eigenes vorbereiten\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 400W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 50A\u003cbr\u003e Wolframnadeldurchmesser: 1,5 mm\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,6–1,2 mm\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 215 * 300 * 145MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 5,8 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * 50A Argon Pulse Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißclip\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Wolframnadel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003cbr\u003e \u003cspan\u003e1 * Argon-Verbindungsrohr\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":48970158440747,"sku":"JHJGDH026","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":48970158473515,"sku":"JHJGDH009","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-50a-argon-pulse-sparkle-jewelry-spot-welding-machine-45811611074859.jpg?v=1716365324"},{"product_id":"50a-sparkle-pulse-jewelry-spot-welder-blue","title":"Tooltos 50A Sparkle Pulse Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät, Blau","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHocheffizientes Schweißen\u003c\/strong\u003e : Das Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät nutzt das Prinzip der Plasma-Hochfrequenzentladung, um einen Hochtemperaturlichtbogen zwischen Werkstück und Wolframnadel zu erzeugen. Dadurch bildet sich an den Metallschweißverbindungen sofort ein Schmelzbad, um ein gleichmäßiges, festes, schnelles und effizientes Schweißen zu gewährleisten. Das Punktschweißgerät verwendet hochwertige Kondensatoren, ist widerstandsfähig gegen Netzschwankungen, stabilisiert die Spannung und bietet eine stabilere Schweißleistung. Der Lichtbogen bricht nicht so leicht.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntelligente Anpassung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der Punktschweißer für Schmuck kann je nach Werkstück, Größe der Schweißnaht und Prozessanforderungen angepasst werden. Mit dem Grob- und dem Mikroeinstellungsknopf lässt sich die Ausgangsleistung präzise einstellen.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRobust und langlebig:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verdickte Blechschale, Sprühlackierung, stark, verschleißfest, rostfrei, korrosionsbeständig, wirksamer Schutz der inneren Komponenten, verlängert die Lebensdauer. Die Maschine ist mit mehreren Kühllöchern ausgestattet, um eine stabile Schweißleistung zu gewährleisten und ein Verbrennen nach längerem Betrieb zu verhindern.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dieses Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät wird hauptsächlich zum schnellen Schweißen von Platin, Gold, Karatgold, Silber und Kupfer verwendet. Hauptsächlich zum Löten von Schmuckringverschlüssen. Es eignet sich für Glasreparaturen, Schmuck, Blechspielzeug, Kunsthandwerk, Zahnersatz, Metalldrähte, Heimwerken, Kieferorthopädie usw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 450W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 50A \u003cbr\u003eWolframnadeldurchmesser: 1,5 mm\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,6–1,2 mm\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 215 * 305 * 145MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 4,5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * 50A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißclip\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Wolframnadel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":49005542342955,"sku":"JHJGDH039","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":49005542375723,"sku":"JHJGDH034","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-50a-blue-pulse-sparkle-jewelry-spot-welding-machine-45881488539947.jpg?v=1716777154"},{"product_id":"10a-15v-plating-rectifier-jewelry-plating-machine","title":"Tooltos 10A 15V Beschichtungsgleichrichter Schmuckbeschichtungsmaschine","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eStabile Leistung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Silber-Gold-Beschichtungsmaschine verfügt über ein tragbares, leichtes Design, ist aber hocheffizient. Diese Schmuckbeschichtungsmaschine zeichnet sich durch schnelles und präzises Beschichten aus, um einen glatten, gleichmäßigen und sauberen Film zu erzielen. \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDigitale Anzeige mit zwei Zifferblättern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das Goldgalvanisierungsset verfügt über eine hochwertige digitale Anzeige mit zwei Zifferblättern. Mit den Spannungs- und Stromzifferblättern können Sie die Anzeige präzise anpassen und steuern, um verschiedenen Situationen gerecht zu werden.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEffektive Wärmeableitung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die großflächige Wärmeableitung auf der Oberseite des Galvanik-Kits unterstützt eine effektive Kühlung, die die Temperatur der Galvanikmaschine senkt und für einen stabilen Betrieb sorgt.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMehrfacher Schutz:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aus Sicherheitsgründen verfügt die Vergoldungsmaschine über mehrere Schutzmechanismen, wie z. B. automatische Spannungsregelung, Überspannungsschutz, Überstromschutz, Unterspannungsschutz, Unterspannungsschutz usw. \u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUmfangreiche Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Als ideale Wahl für die Oberflächenbehandlung ist der Galvanikgleichrichter vielseitig einsetzbar für Kupfer, Nickel, Chrom, Gold, Silber und verschiedene Beschichtungsarten. Die Beschichtungsmaschine für Schmuck hat offensichtliche Auswirkungen auf verschiedene Metalle, wie z. B. die Beschichtung von Kupfer, Nickel, Chrom, Gold, Silber, Elektrophorese usw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110V\/220V\u003cbr\u003e Max. Strom: 10 A\u003cbr\u003e Max. einstellbare Spannung: 15 V\u003cbr\u003e Produktgröße: 260 * 240 * 150 MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 3,9 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 x TPR-1510 Schmuckbeschichtungsmaschine\u003cbr\u003e 1 x \u003cspan\u003eKrokodilklemme.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1 x Benutzerhandbuch\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":49195394466091,"sku":"JHDDDDJ27","price":389.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":49195394498859,"sku":"JHDDDDJ25","price":389.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-10a-15v-plating-rectifier-jewelry-plating-machine-46280169750827.jpg?v=1718939508"},{"product_id":"dm-7-multi-use-adjustable-speed-bench-lathe-jewelry-grinding-and-polishing-machine","title":"Tooltos DM-7 Mehrzweck-Drehbank mit einstellbarer Geschwindigkeit, Schleif- und Poliermaschine für Schmuck","description":"\u003cp\u003eDiese vielseitige Tischschleifmaschine zeichnet sich durch ein kompaktes Design aus und zeichnet sich durch geringe Geräuschentwicklung und hohe Geschwindigkeit aus. Sie ermöglicht die Verwendung verschiedener Polierscheiben mit unterschiedlichen Innenlochgrößen und kann mit spezifischen Scheiben und Hilfsmaterialien ausgestattet werden, um der Härte des Werkstücks gerecht zu werden. Mit ihrer Fähigkeit, eine Vielzahl von Metallen, Kunststoffteilen und beschichteten Oberflächen zu polieren, erzielen Sie ein brillantes Finish. Ideal für den Einsatz bei Schmuck, Uhren, Brillen, Musikinstrumenten, Modellbau und mehr. In Verbindung mit kompatiblen Polierscheiben und Wachs erfüllt sie alle Ihre Anforderungen an das Polieren von Metall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 220V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50HZ\u003cbr\u003e Geschwindigkeit: 0-8000 U\/min\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 200W\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 190 * 120 * 145MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 2,7 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * DM-7 Tisch-Vielseitigkeitsschleifer\u003cbr\u003e 1 * linke Spindel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * rechte Spindel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Sechskantschlüssel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Benutzerhandbuch\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"220V","offer_id":49212461580587,"sku":"JHPGPG064","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"110V","offer_id":49513900835115,"sku":"JHPGPG080","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-220v-tooltos-dm-7-multi-use-adjustable-speed-bench-lathe-jewelry-grinding-and-polishing-machine-46332186525995.jpg?v=1721961149"},{"product_id":"30a-sparkle-pulse-jewelry-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum","title":"Tooltos 30A Puls-Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät für Gold, Silber und Platin","description":"\u003cp\u003e Dieses Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät kann zum schnellen Schweißen von Platin, Gold, Silber und Stahl sowie an Ringmündungen und Melonenschnallen verwendet werden. Feindraht-Präzisionsschweißen, Direktschweißen ohne Schweißpulver. Glatte Schweißstelle.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Durch die Anwendung des Plasma-Hochfrequenzentladungsprinzips entsteht sofort ein Schmelzbad in der Metallschweißnaht.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Passen Sie die Ausgangsleistung entsprechend der unterschiedlichen Drahtgröße an\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Das geschweißte Werkstück ist glatt, fest, schnell und effizient.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Stromversorgung: 110 V\/220 V, 50\/60 Hz.\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 400W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 30A\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,4–1,0 mm.\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 285 * 166 * 127MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: 5,1 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * 30A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * schweißen Clip\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedienungsschritte\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1. Schließen Sie die Elektrodenklemme an den negativen Ausgangspol und den Elektrodenhalter an den positiven Ausgangspol an, schalten Sie die Stromversorgung ein und schalten Sie dann den Netzschalter ein.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 2. Stellen Sie den Leistungsknopf ein, unterteilt in Grob- und Feineinstellung. Entsprechend den Anforderungen der Arbeit kann der Skalenwert beliebig eingestellt werden\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 3. Verwenden Sie eine Pinzette, um das Werkstück festzuklemmen. Richten Sie die Werkstückschnittstelle mit der Wolframnadel aus (der beste Abstand beträgt 5 mm), damit das Werkstück nicht berührt wird. Die Wolframnadel kann auf der Schleifmaschine geschärft werden, wobei das Prinzip der Spitzenentladungsarbeit angewendet wird.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Wolframnadeldurchmesser 1,5 mm\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 4 - Mit dem Fuß auf den Fußschalter treten. (Fuß wegnehmen). Das Punktschweißen ist abgeschlossen.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNotiz\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1. Der Fuß darf nicht zu lange auf den Fußschalter treten. Der Fuß muss sofort entfernt werden. Wenn beispielsweise zu lange auf den Schalter getreten wird, kommt es zu einem Kurzschluss der Maschine und die internen Schaltkreise brennen durch. \u003cbr\u003e2. Blitze können die Augen schädigen. Treffen Sie daher sorgfältige Schutzmaßnahmen.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 3. Wenn Sie auf den Fußschalter treten, berühren Sie nicht gleichzeitig den Metallteil der Wolframnadel und der Pinzette, da sonst ein Nadelstichgefühl entsteht.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e 4. Nichtfachleute, bitte nicht zerlegen, es liegt Hochspannung an.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":49845925904683,"sku":"JHJGDH051+JHJGDH020","price":269.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":49845925937451,"sku":"5H0095+JHJGDH020","price":269.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-30a-sparkle-pulse-jewelry-spot-welder-for-gold-silver-and-platinum-48052185104683.jpg?v=1731146365"},{"product_id":"m500-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine","title":"Tooltos M500 Multifunktions-Schmelzschweißgerät für Gold und Silber","description":"\u003cp\u003eDas Schmelzschweißgerät kann eine Vielzahl von Metallen wie Gold und Silber mit einer starken Flamme schmelzen und schweißen, die vollständiger brennt und sich schnell erhitzt. Das optimierte Design ermöglicht eine einfache Handhabung und Lagerung und ist somit ideal für Schmuckhersteller unterwegs. Klein, geräuscharm, einfach zu bedienen, geeignet für Schmuckhandwerker und andere Branchen, die Edelmetallreparaturschweißen betreiben.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 115W\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Ölkapazität: 2 l\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Temperatur: 2200 °C (3632 °F)\u003cbr\u003e Kraftstoffart: White Power Oil oder Petroleum\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 300 mm x 340 x 285 mm\u003cbr\u003e Verpackungsgewicht: ca. 13,5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * M500 Fusion Schweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Zubehörset\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißbrenner\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölflasche\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölleitung\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Trichter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50115230302507,"sku":"JHHJHJ069","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-m500-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine-48680480801067.jpg?v=1736327320"},{"product_id":"sh3-5-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine","title":"Tooltos SH3-5 Multifunktions-Schmelzschweißgerät für Gold und Silber","description":"\u003cp\u003e Dieses vielseitige Schmelzschweißgerät kann verschiedene Metalle, darunter Gold und Silber, mithilfe einer starken und schnell aufheizenden Flamme effektiv schmelzen und schweißen. Das schlanke Design ermöglicht mühelose Handhabung und Lagerung und macht es zur praktischen Wahl für Juweliere, die viel unterwegs arbeiten. Seine kompakte Größe, der geringe Geräuschpegel und die benutzerfreundliche Bedienung machen es ideal für Profis in der Schmuck- und Edelmetallreparaturbranche.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 15W\u003cbr\u003e Maschinendruck: 0,3 ~ 0,5 kg\/mm²\u003cbr\u003e Kraftstoffverbrauch: 0,06 ~ 0,15 kg\/h\u003cbr\u003e Maschinenflamme: 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Ölkapazität: 0,4 l\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Temperatur: ≥1300℃（2372℉）\u003cbr\u003e Kraftstoffart: White Power Oil oder Petroleum\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 220 * 170 * 140 mm \u003cbr\u003eVerpackungsgewicht: ca. 3,9 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * SH3-5 Fusionsschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Zubehörset\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißbrenner\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölflasche\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölleitung\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Trichter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Bedienungsanleitung\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":50155204837675,"sku":"JHHJHJ061","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":50155204870443,"sku":"JHHJHJ007","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-sh3-5-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine-48753301717291.jpg?v=1737018160"},{"product_id":"af3-6-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine","title":"Tooltos AF3-6 Multifunktions-Schmelzschweißgerät für Gold und Silber","description":"\u003cp\u003e Schmelzen und schweißen Sie mühelos verschiedene Metalle wie Gold und Silber mit der effizienten und schnellen Heizflamme dieses vielseitigen Schmelzschweißgeräts. Das schlanke Design ermöglicht eine einfache Handhabung und Lagerung und macht es zu einer praktischen Option für Juweliere, die viel unterwegs sind. Dank seiner kompakten Größe, der geringen Geräuschentwicklung und der benutzerfreundlichen Bedienung ist dieses Gerät ideal für Profis in der Schmuck- und Edelmetallreparaturbranche.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 20W\u003cbr\u003e Maschinendruck: 0,4 ~ 0,6 kg\/mm²\u003cbr\u003e Kraftstoffverbrauch: 0,1 ~ 0,15 kg\/h\u003cbr\u003e Maschinenflamme: 70 mm\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Ölkapazität: 0,5 l\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Temperatur: ≥1600℃（2912℉）\u003cbr\u003e Kraftstoffart: White Power Oil oder Petroleum\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 260 * 170 * 140 MM\u003cbr\u003e Verpackungsgewicht: ca. 4,5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * AF3-6 Fusionsschweißgerät \u003cbr\u003e1 * Zubehörset\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißbrenner\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölflasche\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölleitung\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Trichter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Bedienungsanleitung\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":50168517296427,"sku":"JHHJHJ062+","price":389.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":50168517329195,"sku":"JHHJHJ008+","price":389.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-af3-6-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine-48769259176235.jpg?v=1737104549"},{"product_id":"jx5-8-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine","title":"Tooltos JX5-8 Multifunktions-Schmelzschweißgerät für Gold und Silber","description":"\u003cp\u003e Dieses vielseitige Schmelzschweißgerät nutzt eine leistungsstarke Heizflamme, um verschiedene Metalle, darunter Gold und Silber, mühelos und effizient zu schmelzen und zu schweißen. Dank seines schlanken Designs ist es leicht zu handhaben und aufzubewahren und somit eine praktische Wahl für vielbeschäftigte Juweliere. Dank seiner kompakten Größe, des geringen Geräuschpegels und der benutzerfreundlichen Bedienung ist dieses Gerät ideal für Profis in der Schmuck- und Edelmetallreparaturbranche.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110 V\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 30W\u003cbr\u003e Maschinenflamme: 70 mm\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Ölkapazität: 0,6 l\u003cbr\u003e Maximale Temperatur: ≥2000℃（3632℉）\u003cbr\u003e Kraftstoffart: White Power Oil oder Petroleum\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 260 * 170 * 170 MM\u003cbr\u003e Verpackungsgewicht: ca. 5,5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * JX5-8 Fusionsschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Zubehörset\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Saugrohr\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißbrenner\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölflasche\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Ölleitung\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Trichter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Bedienungsanleitung\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":50199039607083,"sku":"FSY0274+JHJGYH004","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":50199039639851,"sku":"FSY0275+JHJGYH004","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-jx5-8-multi-function-gold-silver-jewelry-fusion-welding-machine-48806169182507.jpg?v=1737536198"},{"product_id":"50a-sparkle-pulse-jewelry-spot-welder","title":"Tooltos 50A Blue Pulse Sparkle Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHocheffizientes Schweißen\u003c\/strong\u003e : Das Punktschweißgerät für Schmuck verwendet das Prinzip der Plasma-Hochfrequenzentladung, um einen Hochtemperaturlichtbogen zwischen Werkstück und Wolframnadel zu erzeugen. Dadurch bildet sich sofort ein Schmelzbad an den Metallschweißverbindungen, um ein glattes, festes, schnelles und effizientes Schweißen zu erreichen. Das Punktschweißgerät verwendet hochwertige Kondensatoren, ist sehr widerstandsfähig gegen Stromnetzschwankungen, hat eine gute Spannungsstabilisierung, eine stabilere Schweißleistung und bricht den Lichtbogen nicht so leicht.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntelligente Anpassung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Punktschweißmaschine kann entsprechend dem Werkstück, der Größe der Schweißverbindung und den Prozessanforderungen angepasst werden. Mit dem Grobeinstellungsknopf und dem Mikroeinstellungsknopf kann die Ausgangsleistung genau angepasst werden.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRobust und langlebig:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verdickte Blechschale, Sprühlackierung, stark, verschleißfest, rostfrei, korrosionsbeständig, wirksamer Schutz der Innenkomponenten, verlängert die Lebensdauer. Die Maschine ist mit einer Reihe von Kühllöchern ausgestattet, um eine stabile Schweißleistung zu gewährleisten und ein Verbrennen nach längerem Betrieb zu verhindern.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dieses Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät wird hauptsächlich zum schnellen Schweißen von Platin, Gold, Karatgold, Silber und Kupfer verwendet. Wird hauptsächlich zum Löten von Schmuckringverschlüssen verwendet. Es eignet sich für Glasreparaturen, Schmuck, Blechspielzeug, Kunsthandwerk, Zahnersatz, Metalldrähte, Heimwerken, Kieferorthopädie usw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110V\/220V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50\/60 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Leistung: 450W\u003cbr\u003e Strom: 50A\u003cbr\u003e Wolframnadeldurchmesser: 1,5 mm\u003cbr\u003e Schweißbereich: 0,6–1,2 mm.\u003cbr\u003e Größe: 215 * 305 * 145MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 4,5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * 50A Schmuck-Punktschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Stromkabel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * schweißen Clip\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel\u003cbr\u003e 1 * wolfram Nadel Halter\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":50202343047467,"sku":"JHJGDH055","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":50202343080235,"sku":"JHJGDH054","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-tooltos-50a-sparkle-pulse-jewelry-spot-welder-48813036437803.jpg?v=1737622599"},{"product_id":"adjustable-temperature-electric-wax-welder-with-two-tips","title":"Tooltos Elektrischer Wachsschweißer mit einstellbarer Temperatur und zwei Spitzen","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSofortiges Aufheizen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der elektrische Wachsmalstift heizt sich sofort auf, ohne dass man warten muss, und die Schmelztemperatur von 66 bis 480 °C kann nach Bedarf eingestellt werden.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBenutzerfreundliches Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das Wachsschweißgerät ist kompakt, sicher und stabil, einfach zu bedienen und zu warten und liefert professionelle Schweißergebnisse. Mit Schweißstifthalter zur einfachen Aufbewahrung. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIsolierter Griff und Legierungsspitze:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der elektrische Buntstift ist mit einem isolierten Griff ausgestattet, der sich leicht mit einer Hand halten und bedienen lässt, und die beiden Legierungsspitzen funktionieren zuverlässig und haben eine lange Lebensdauer.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eZwei Steuerungsmodi:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der erste Modus arbeitet direkt an der Stromversorgung, und der Schweißstift ist immer betriebsbereit. Der zweite Modus ist über das Fußpedal an die Stromversorgung angeschlossen, und der Schweißstift funktioniert nur, wenn das Fußpedal gedrückt wird.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das Wachsschweißgerät eignet sich für Wachsschnitzdesign, das Schweißen elektronischer Schaltkreise, orales Schnitzwachs und andere Arbeiten und ist sehr gut für den persönlichen Heimwerker- und Schmuckstudiogebrauch geeignet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 220V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 50 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Sicherung: 1\/4 Ampere bei 220 V\u003cbr\u003e Temperaturbereich: 66 ~ 480 ℃\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 105 * 160 * 85 MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 1,54 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * elektrisches Wachsschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 2 * beheizte Kreidespitze\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißkreide\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Benutzerhandbuch\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Fußschalter\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Sicherung\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":51393002799403,"sku":"JHLDGJ020","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":51393002832171,"sku":"JHLDGJ005","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-adjustable-temperature-electric-wax-welder-with-two-tips-1151891585.jpg?v=1743032133"},{"product_id":"mini-instant-heating-jewelry-electric-wax-welder","title":"Tooltos Mini-Schmuck-Wachsschweißgerät mit sofortiger Erwärmung","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSofortiges Aufheizen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der elektrische Wachsmalstift heizt sich sofort auf, ohne dass man warten muss, und die Schmelztemperatur von 0 bis 180 °C kann nach Bedarf eingestellt werden.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBenutzerfreundliches Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Das Wachsschweißgerät ist kompakt, sicher und stabil, einfach zu bedienen und zu warten und liefert professionelle Schweißergebnisse.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIsolierter Griff und Legierungsspitze:\u003c\/strong\u003e Der elektrische Buntstift ist mit einem isolierten Griff ausgestattet, der leicht zu halten und mit einer Hand zu bedienen ist, und die Legierungsschweißspitze funktioniert zuverlässig und hat eine lange Lebensdauer. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreite Anwendung:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dieses Wachsschweißgerät wird hauptsächlich zum Schweißen oder Reparieren von Wachsformteilen bei der Schmuckherstellung verwendet, eignet sich für Wachsschnitzdesign, das Schweißen elektronischer Schaltkreise, orales Schnitzwachs und andere Arbeiten und ist sehr gut für den persönlichen Heimwerker- und Schmuckatelierbereich geeignet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTechnische Parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Spannung: 110\/220 V\u003cbr\u003e Frequenz: 60\/50 Hz\u003cbr\u003e Ausgang: Dco~15V 0,5A\u003cbr\u003e Sicherung: 0,5 A\u003cbr\u003e Temperaturbereich: 50 ~ 180 ℃\u003cbr\u003e Maschinengröße: 140 * 105 * 85 MM\u003cbr\u003e Gewicht: ca. 1,11 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePaket beinhaltet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e 1 * elektrisches Wachsschweißgerät\u003cbr\u003e 1 * Schweißkreide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":50452231979307,"sku":"JHLDGJ012","price":119.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":50452232012075,"sku":"JHLDGJ006","price":119.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-tooltos-mini-instant-heating-jewelry-electric-wax-welder-1155346818.jpg?v=1744341693"},{"product_id":"550w-variable-speed-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit; color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust rolling speed for different metals, thickness reductions and precision alignment requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550W Electric Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful motor eliminates manual cranking and delivers consistent rolling force for daily workshop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70mm Large Diameter Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider roller contact improves pressure distribution and rolling stability across multiple passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160mm Extended Roller Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider working area reduces repositioning when processing sheet and strip materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-Gear Synchronized Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both sides of the roller gap adjust together for more consistent thickness control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Wire Profile Grooves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports square, half-round and round wire forming alongside flat sheet rolling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Rolling Mill\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eIf you have spent years cranking a manual rolling mill through long production sessions, you already know the cost — tired arms, inconsistent pressure, and the constant interruption of repositioning material. The Tooltos 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill was built to change that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for professional jewelers, goldsmiths and silversmith workshops, this machine combines a powerful 550W electric motor with adjustable speed control to give you consistent rolling performance without the physical effort. Whether you are reducing sheet thickness for a ring blank or preparing wire stock for a production run, you stay in control of the speed — not the other way around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is not a general-purpose rolling mill. It is built specifically for workshops that roll metal regularly and need a machine that keeps up with professional demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSolve Common Jewelry Workshop Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 1: Manual rolling becomes tiring during long working sessions.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 550W electric drive reduces repetitive hand cranking and helps jewelers focus on material control instead of physical effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 2: Different materials require different rolling speeds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe variable speed control system allows users to adjust working speed according to the metal type, thickness reduction and forming stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 3: Maintaining consistent rolling quality across passes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe synchronized three-gear adjustment mechanism helps both sides of the roller gap move together, improving thickness consistency and reducing uneven results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eVariable Speed Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eDifferent rolling operations require different levels of speed control. Slower speeds allow better alignment when starting a pass or working with narrow wire profiles. Higher speeds improve efficiency during repeated rolling after the material is properly positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThis adjustable speed system makes the machine suitable for a wider range of jewelry metals and reduction requirements compared with single-speed electric rolling mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e550W Electric Drive System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 550W motor delivers consistent rolling force without the physical effort required by manual rolling mills. This makes it well suited for workshops that regularly prepare sheet and wire materials throughout the working day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e70mm Roller Diameter and 160mm Roller Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 70mm roller diameter provides stable material engagement and more even pressure distribution during rolling. The 160mm roller length offers a wider working area for sheet and strip materials, reducing the need for repeated repositioning during fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eThree-Gear Synchronized Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe synchronized gear mechanism moves both sides of the roller gap together during adjustment. This design improves consistency and helps reduce uneven thickness caused by unbalanced manual adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWire Profile Groove Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1 \/ 1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRound Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Rolling Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e50 mm \/ 1.97 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:14px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem; color:#666;\"\u003eGroove dimensions indicate nominal sizes. Actual finished dimensions may vary depending on material hardness, annealing condition and rolling process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eProfessional jewelry workshops with daily rolling tasks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSteel, stainless steel or hardened metal processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGoldsmiths and silversmiths needing speed adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eIndustrial or heavy-duty metal production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eWorkshops rolling gold, silver, copper and brass regularly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eUsers who only need occasional light rolling tasks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSmall-batch jewelry production requiring consistent results\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eWire drawing applications requiring a drawplate setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e550W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e110V \/ 220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eVariable Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Motor Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1400 r\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e450 x 180 x 470 mm \/ 17.72 x 7.09 x 18.50 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 45.5 kg \/ 100.3 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGold, Silver, Copper, Brass and similar non-ferrous jewelry alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways anneal metal before rolling to reduce work hardening and improve material flow through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eStart at a slower speed when beginning a new pass or working with thinner material to maintain better control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eReduce thickness gradually across multiple passes rather than attempting large reductions in a single pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep roller surfaces clean and lightly lubricated to maintain smooth operation and extend roller life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow the motor to reach stable speed before feeding material to ensure consistent rolling pressure from the start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose a variable speed jewelry rolling mill over a fixed-speed model?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariable speed control allows you to adjust rolling speed based on the material, reduction stage and precision required. Slower speeds help with alignment and delicate materials, while higher speeds improve efficiency during repeated passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can this rolling mill process?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for soft non-ferrous jewelry metals including gold, silver, copper and brass. It is not suitable for steel, stainless steel or hardened metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine support wire forming?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It includes groove rollers for square, half-round and round wire profiles alongside flat sheet rolling capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same as the Tooltos 4-in-1 jewelry rolling mill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This model focuses on variable speed control and motorized performance for professional workshops. If you primarily need versatile wire profile forming, please see our 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much thickness can be reduced in one pass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecommended reduction per pass depends on the metal type and annealing condition. Gradual reduction across multiple passes produces better results than attempting large reductions at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with after-sales support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com for warranty details and support. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Tooltos 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this rolling mill or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":54513994531115,"sku":"JHYBYBS188","price":2999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":54513994563883,"sku":"JHYBYBS185","price":2999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-tooltos-550w-variable-speed-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill-1253501196.webp?v=1786101011"},{"product_id":"550w-4-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit; color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-in-1 Forming Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e One machine handles flat sheet, square wire, half-round wire and round wire forming for daily jewelry fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550W Electric Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powerful motor replaces manual cranking and delivers consistent rolling force throughout the working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Wire Groove Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square, half-round and round grooves in commonly used jewelry wire dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70mm Large Diameter Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stable material engagement and even pressure distribution across multiple rolling passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160mm Extended Roller Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wider working area for sheet and strip materials, reducing repositioning during fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-Gear Synchronized Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both sides of the roller gap adjust together for more consistent thickness control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Rolling Mill\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eMost jewelry workshops need to roll flat sheet for ring blanks, form square wire for settings, shape half-round wire for bezels and produce round wire for chains - but buying separate machines for each task is expensive and takes up valuable bench space. The Tooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill solves this with one compact machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003ePowered by a 550W electric motor, it handles four essential jewelry forming functions without the physical effort of manual rolling mills. Whether you are preparing materials for a single custom piece or running a small production batch, the 4-in-1 roller system gives you the versatility to work across different jewelry forming tasks with one machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned for jewelers, goldsmiths and small workshops that need reliable multi-function performance at a practical price point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSolve Common Jewelry Workshop Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 1: Different jewelry designs require different metal profiles.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 4-in-1 roller system combines flat sheet, square wire, half-round wire and round wire forming in one machine, reducing the need for separate rolling equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 2: Manual rolling becomes tiring during repeated production work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 550W electric motor provides stable power assistance, reducing operator fatigue and improving daily working efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChallenge 3: Maintaining consistent metal thickness across passes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe synchronized three-gear adjustment mechanism helps both sides of the roller gap move together, improving thickness consistency and reducing uneven results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFour Rolling Functions in One Machine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eThe integrated 4-in-1 roller system provides the four forming functions most commonly needed in jewelry fabrication:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Sheet Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduce sheet thickness for ring blanks, bracelets, pendants and general fabrication work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Form square wire profiles for settings, frameworks and custom jewelry structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Produce half-round profiles commonly used for bezels, borders and decorative wire work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound Wire Rolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create round wire for chains, rings, clasps and general jewelry components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e550W Electric Drive System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 550W motor delivers consistent rolling force without the physical effort required by manual rolling mills. This makes it practical for workshops that regularly prepare sheet and wire materials throughout the working day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003e70mm Roller Diameter and 160mm Roller Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 70mm roller diameter provides stable material engagement and more even pressure distribution during rolling. The 160mm roller length offers a wider working area for sheet and strip materials, reducing the need for repeated repositioning during fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWire Profile Groove Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1 \/ 1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-Round Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRound Groove Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e1.5 \/ 2 \/ 3 \/ 4 \/ 5 \/ 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Rolling Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e50 mm \/ 1.97 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:14px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem; color:#666;\"\u003eGroove dimensions indicate nominal sizes. Actual finished dimensions may vary depending on material hardness, annealing condition and rolling process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBest For \/ Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight:600; text-align:left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eJewelers needing multiple forming functions in one machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSteel, stainless steel or hardened metal processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSmall and medium jewelry workshops and studios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eIndustrial or heavy-duty metal production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGold, silver, copper and brass sheet and wire forming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eWire drawing applications requiring a drawplate setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eJewelry makers upgrading from manual rolling mills\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; border:1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eUsers who need adjustable speed control during rolling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6; width:40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e550W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eFixed Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e110V \/ 220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRolling Functions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eFlat Sheet, Square Wire, Half-Round Wire, Round Wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 450 x 180 x 470 mm \/ 17.72 x 7.09 x 18.50 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eApprox. 46 kg \/ 101.4 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"border:1px solid #e0e0e0; padding:0.6rem 0.9rem; line-height:1.6;\"\u003eGold, Silver, Copper, Brass and similar non-ferrous jewelry alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways anneal metal before rolling to reduce work hardening and improve material flow through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eStart with a larger groove size and work down gradually to achieve the target wire profile without overworking the metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eReduce thickness gradually across multiple passes rather than attempting large reductions in a single pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep roller surfaces clean and lightly lubricated to maintain smooth operation and extend roller life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003eWhen switching between forming functions, check that the material is properly aligned with the selected groove before starting the motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can a 4-in-1 jewelry rolling mill do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can roll flat sheet, square wire, half-round wire and round wire profiles in one machine, covering the most common metal forming needs in jewelry fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can this rolling mill process?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for soft non-ferrous jewelry metals including gold, silver, copper and brass. It is not suitable for steel, stainless steel or hardened metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this machine replace multiple separate rolling mills?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 4-in-1 roller system combines the most common jewelry forming functions into one machine, helping save workspace and reduce equipment investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this model and the Tooltos Variable Speed rolling mill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model focuses on versatile 4-in-1 forming capability at a practical price point. The Variable Speed model adds adjustable speed control for workshops that need greater precision during different rolling stages. If speed adjustment is a priority, please see our 550W Variable Speed Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much thickness can be reduced in one pass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecommended reduction per pass depends on the metal type and annealing condition. Gradual reduction across multiple passes produces better results than attempting large reductions at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with after-sales support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com for warranty details and support. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem; margin-bottom:1.5rem; font-size:16px; line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Tooltos 550W 4-in-1 Electric Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom:0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px; font-weight:600; margin-top:2rem; margin-bottom:0.75rem; line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px; line-height:1.8; margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this rolling mill or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":54668631048491,"sku":"JHYBYBS186","price":2799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":54668631081259,"sku":"JHYBYBS183","price":2799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-tooltos-550w-4-in-1-electric-jewelry-rolling-mill-1253517778.webp?v=1786115350"},{"product_id":"100w-pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine","title":"100W Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine with Built-In Air Supply and Foot Pedal","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100W Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine with Built-In Air Supply and Foot Pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe HH-AT01 is a compact pneumatic impact engraving machine designed for jewelry engraving, surface texturing, fine carving and compatible stone-setting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIts built-in air supply powers the pneumatic engraving handpiece without requiring a separate external air compressor, helping simplify setup and save valuable workbench space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIndependent POWER and SPEED controls allow the operator to adjust the relative impact strength and stroke frequency according to the material, graver and task. The included foot pedal provides convenient hands-free activation while the operator guides the handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe complete kit includes a pneumatic handpiece, foot pedal, six engraving gravers, six color-coded quick-change chucks and the necessary connection accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBuilt-In Air Supply\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe integrated air supply powers the pneumatic handpiece without requiring an external air compressor, providing a more compact setup for jewelry workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Impact Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSeparate POWER and SPEED knobs allow the operator to adjust the relative impact strength and stroke frequency for different engraving and setting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal provides convenient hands-free activation, allowing the operator to concentrate on controlling the graver and workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePneumatic Impact Handpiece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe handpiece produces rapid reciprocating impacts that drive the graver through suitable jewelry metals. It is an impact engraving system rather than a rotary grinding tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDigital Setting Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe front digital display provides a clear reference for the selected relative operating setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eQuick-Change Tool System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSix color-coded quick-change chucks and six engraving gravers are included, making it easier to organize and change tools for different engraving profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Workbench Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a main unit size of approximately 22 × 12 × 18cm, the machine fits comfortably into professional jewelry workshops, repair studios and training environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHand engraving on jewelry metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLetter and decorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSurface texturing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStippling and matte effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine metal carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal inlay work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBead raising and compatible stone-setting preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and customization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGoldsmith and silversmith work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving practice and training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSilver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlatinum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCompatible jewelry alloys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable small metal components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Performance on hardened steel, titanium and other hard alloys depends on the material hardness, graver material, cutting geometry, machine setting and operator technique. Test the settings on scrap material before working on a finished piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a pneumatic impact engraving machine. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA rotary flex-shaft tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA rotary grinding machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA laser engraver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA CNC engraving machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAn automatic pattern reproduction system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA gemstone cutting machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAll engraving movements and patterns must be manually guided by the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-AT01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Principle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic reciprocating impact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAC Input Voltage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100–240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Air Compressor Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Air Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpact Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelative Stroke Frequency\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–100% adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Method\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePOWER knob, SPEED knob and foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDigital setting display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Unit Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e22 × 12 × 18cm \/ 8.66 × 4.72 × 7.09in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45.5 × 34 × 19cm \/ 17.91 × 13.39 × 7.48in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApproximately 4.6kg \/ 10.14lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlug Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eUS, EU, UK or AU plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × HH-AT01 Pneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Pneumatic Engraving Handpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Pneumatic Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Handpiece Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × AC Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e6 × Color-Coded Quick-Change Chucks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Quick-Change Chuck Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e6 × Engraving Gravers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, engraving blocks, vises and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the machine on a stable, dry and level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConfirm that the AC input rating is compatible with the local power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall a properly sharpened graver into a compatible quick-change chuck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the pneumatic handpiece and foot pedal to their corresponding ports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the POWER and SPEED controls to their minimum settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSwitch on the machine and test it on scrap material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the foot pedal and gradually increase the POWER and SPEED settings until the desired cutting response is achieved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRelease the foot pedal, return the controls to minimum and switch off the machine after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAC Input Voltage: 100–240V.\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the plug type that matches the destination country when placing the order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eA plug adapter changes only the physical plug shape and does not convert voltage. Always inspect the rating label on the supplied power adapter before connecting the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure the workpiece in an engraving block, vise or suitable holding fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep your hands behind the cutting edge of the graver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not install or replace gravers while the machine is powered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBegin with low POWER and SPEED settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use damaged cables, tubes, plugs or handpieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the machine away from water and flammable or explosive environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not cover the ventilation openings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStop using the machine immediately if it produces smoke, a burning smell or abnormal noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine require an external air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The HH-AT01 has a built-in air supply that powers the pneumatic engraving handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a rotary engraving machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a pneumatic impact engraving system. The handpiece moves the graver through rapid reciprocating impacts rather than rotary motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the POWER knob control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe POWER knob adjusts the relative impact strength of the handpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the SPEED knob control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe SPEED knob adjusts the relative stroke frequency. The 0–100% value is a relative setting and is not an rpm rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for stone setting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can assist with compatible stone-setting operations such as bead raising and certain setting preparation tasks. Results depend on the selected graver, material, settings and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeginners can use the machine, but proper graver sharpening, workholding and engraving techniques are required. Practice on scrap metal before working on valuable jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the machine support 100–240V?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The AC input voltage is 100–240V. Select the appropriate US, EU, UK or AU plug according to the destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at sales@tooltos.com. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54674612551979,"sku":"KH-HH-AT01","price":699.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-100w-pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine-with-built-in-air-supply-and-foot-pedal-1251592014.webp?v=1785424211"},{"product_id":"pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine-foot-pedal","title":"AGM-01 Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine Air Graver with Foot Pedal Tooltos","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos AGM-01 is a power-assisted pneumatic hand engraving system designed for jewelers, metal artists and engravers who require precision and control at the bench. Compressed air drives the handpiece impact mechanism, significantly reducing the physical effort compared to traditional push-graver techniques, so you can focus on line quality, engraving depth and artistic detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable air pressure regulator, mechanical pressure gauge and pneumatic foot pedal work together to give the operator full control over impact force and engraving rhythm — whether working on delicate decorative lines or deeper relief cuts in harder metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a compact bench-friendly housing, top carry handle and standard handpiece compatibility, the AGM-01 is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, engraving benches and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Air Pressure 0–60 PSI\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe integrated regulator and mechanical gauge allow precise pressure adjustment for any engraving task — from hairline decorative lines to deeper cuts in harder metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePneumatic Foot Pedal Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal provides hands-free, responsive on\/off control without lifting your hands from the workpiece — essential when engraving under a microscope or with a workpiece mounted in a ball vise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Bench-Friendly Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe low-profile housing with integrated top carry handle takes up minimal bench space and repositions easily around your workshop as your work evolves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompatible with Standard Engraving Gravers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWorks with industry-standard graver blanks and handles, giving you the flexibility to use your existing tooling and preferred graver profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing engraving and detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePendant and locket carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFlat plate monogramming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCustom jewelry components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrecision metal artwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine requires an external air compressor for operation. The air compressor is not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis is a power-assisted pneumatic hand engraving system, not a CNC or automated engraving machine. The operator manually guides the handpiece and graver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFor best results, use clean, dry, oil-free compressed air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work, not heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or large industrial metal processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAGM-01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e110V 60Hz \/ 220V 50Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–60 PSI (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Method\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eExternal compressor required (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePower-assisted pneumatic hand engraver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x AGM-01 Pneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Pneumatic Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any jewelry, tools, workpieces, vises, or display props shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power cord to the machine and plug into a compatible power outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the air hose from an external compressor to the machine air inlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal hose to the foot pedal port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInsert the graver into the handpiece and tighten securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure your workpiece in a ball vise or other suitable fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePower on the machine and adjust the pressure regulator to the desired PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the foot pedal to activate the handpiece and begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust pressure gradually during use for better control and smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the machine and disconnect the air supply after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine is available in 110V (60Hz) and 220V (50Hz) versions. Please select the correct voltage option for your region before ordering. A plug adapter is included in the package. If you are unsure which voltage is standard in your country, please check with a local electrician before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the machine on a stable, dry and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEnsure all air connections and fittings are securely attached before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the rated maximum working pressure of 60 PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse only clean, dry, oil-free compressed air to prevent damage to internal components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands clear of the handpiece tip when the foot pedal is engaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear appropriate eye protection during all engraving work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the machine in wet environments or near flammable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power and disconnect the air supply before cleaning, adjustment or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the AGM-01 include an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. An external air compressor is required and sold separately. We recommend using a clean, dry, oil-free compressed-air supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat working pressure does the machine use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable pressure range is 0–60 PSI. Use lower pressure for fine detail work and higher pressure for deeper cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the foot pedal control the engraver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The pneumatic foot pedal provides hands-free on\/off control, allowing you to keep both hands on the workpiece during engraving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a CNC engraving machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This is a power-assisted pneumatic hand engraving system. All tool direction and movement is controlled by the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials can it engrave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned primarily for jewelry and precision metal engraving. Performance depends on metal type, graver geometry, sharpening quality and air pressure setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used with an engraving ball vise?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. A ball vise or other secure workholding fixture can be used to stabilize the workpiece during engraving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":54983134019883,"sku":"JHDKDKS67","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":54983134052651,"sku":"JHDKDKS47","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/tooltos-jewelry-tools-110v-agm-01-pneumatic-jewelry-engraving-machine-air-graver-with-foot-pedal-1253965325.jpg?v=1786525574"},{"product_id":"fixed-magnification-stereo-microscope","title":"Tooltos MS05A Jewelry Stereo Microscope 20X 40X for Inspection","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos MS05A Jewelry Stereo Microscope is a compact binocular microscope designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other small-detail tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWith 20X and 40X magnification, WF10X widefield eyepieces, and a 45° angled viewing head, it provides a comfortable observation experience for close-range inspection while reducing neck and eye strain during extended sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable focus system and 55–75 mm \/ 2.17–2.95 in working distance make it suitable for rings, gemstones, small watch parts, electronic components, coins, and delicate craft projects. The included power adapter means it is ready to use right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e20X and 40X Fixed Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSwitch between two fixed magnification levels to inspect fine details with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Widefield Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eComfortable binocular viewing with a wide field of view for extended inspection sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45 Degree Angled Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eReduces neck and eye strain during extended inspection sessions at the workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e55–75 mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides room to position rings, tweezers, tools, and small parts under the lens while working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSmooth Focus Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBring small objects into sharp focus quickly and easily with the adjustable focus control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Desktop Base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid, compact base keeps the microscope steady on your workbench during inspection and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWork Plate with Metal Clips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eHolds small items securely in place during inspection or light repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePower Adapter Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eComes with a power adapter for convenient ready-to-use operation straight out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection — rings, stones, prongs, solder joints, and surface details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting — viewing stones and settings during placement or adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair — tiny screws, gears, movements, and delicate components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronics checking — circuit boards, solder points, and small connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCoin and craft inspection — engravings, textures, fine lines, and small handmade items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a stereo inspection microscope for close-range visual work. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA compound biological microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA long-distance or telescope-style viewing device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA camera or digital imaging system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for large or bulky objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for heavy-duty industrial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e20X, 40X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e55–75 mm \/ 2.17–2.95 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e460 x 340 x 200 mm \/ 18.11 x 13.39 x 7.87 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGross Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e3 kg \/ 6.61 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stereo Microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, engraving blocks, vises, and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable, dry, and level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConfirm that the power adapter input rating is compatible with the local power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power adapter and switch on the microscope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the item to be inspected on the work plate and secure it with the metal clips if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the focus control until the object is sharp and clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect 20X or 40X magnification according to the level of detail required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSwitch off the microscope and store it in a clean, dry location after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlease confirm the input voltage rating on the included power adapter before connecting the microscope to your local power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eA plug adapter changes only the physical plug shape and does not convert voltage. Always check the rating label on the power adapter before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable surface to prevent tipping or dropping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not expose the microscope to water, moisture, or excessive dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use damaged cables or power adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the lenses clean using appropriate optical cleaning materials only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not look directly at strong light sources through the eyepieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStop using the microscope immediately if it produces smoke, a burning smell, or abnormal behavior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for jewelry repair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it is ideal for inspecting rings, gemstones, settings, and solder joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for watch repair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 20X\/40X magnification and close working distance work well for small watch components and movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it beginner-friendly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbsolutely. The compact design, adjustable focus, and included power adapter make it easy to set up and use right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately 55–75 mm \/ 2.17–2.95 in — enough room to work comfortably with tools and small parts under the lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for large objects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This microscope is designed for small-detail inspection. It is not recommended for large, bulky, or oversized items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55030710173995,"sku":"KH-HH-MS05A","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ms05a-stereo-microscope-jewelry-20x-40x-main-view.webp?v=1787651295"},{"product_id":"jewelry-melting-kit-ceramic-crucible-dish-tongs-soldering-brick-pliers","title":"Jewelry Melting Kit Ceramic Crucible Dish Tongs Soldering Brick Pliers","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Jewelry Melting and Soldering Tool Set is a practical bench-work accessory kit designed for small-batch jewelry melting, heating, soldering support, and basic repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis set includes a ceramic melting dish, two ceramic crucibles, a stainless steel crucible holder, red-handle bent nose pliers, and a heat-resistant soldering brick. It provides the essential tools needed to hold, heat, support, and move small melting containers during jewelry and metalworking tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe ceramic components are suitable for high-temperature work, while the soldering brick provides a stable heat-resistant surface for bench use. The included tongs and pliers help users handle hot crucibles and small items more safely and with better control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCeramic Melting Dish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eHeat-resistant ceramic dish for small-batch melting, heating, and jewelry bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCeramic Crucibles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIncludes small and large ceramic crucibles for holding small quantities of metal or materials during heating tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStainless Steel Crucible Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eMetal holder designed to grip and move hot crucibles or melting dishes more securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eRed-Handle 90° Bent Nose Pliers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eExtended bent nose pliers with red handles for gripping, positioning, and handling small parts during bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHeat-Resistant Soldering Brick\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides a stable, heat-resistant working surface for soldering, heating, and supporting small jewelry pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eComplete Bench Tool Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eCombines ceramic containers, handling tools, and a soldering support brick in one convenient set for jewelry makers, hobbyists, and repair users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry melting — small metal batches, granules, and repair materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry soldering — supporting rings, chains, and small components during heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench repair work — handling small parts, findings, and jewelry pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCraft metalworking — small-scale heating, shaping, and positioning tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHobby use — basic jewelry making, repair practice, and small workshop projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a small jewelry bench-work tool set. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA complete casting machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA furnace or electric melting device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA torch, fuel system, or heat source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for large-volume metal melting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIntended for heavy industrial foundry work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for rough forging, hammering, or high-impact metal shaping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eA separate torch or heat source is required for melting or soldering work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eJewelry Melting and Soldering Tool Set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCeramic \/ Stainless Steel \/ Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrucible Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e50 ml \/ 150 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrucible Holder Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e400 mm \/ 15.75 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBent Nose Pliers Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e267 mm \/ 10.51 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoldering Brick Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStandard \/ Ordinary Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1 kg \/ 2.20 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Ceramic Melting Dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stainless Steel Crucible Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Standard Soldering Brick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Small Ceramic Crucible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Large Ceramic Crucible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Red-Handle 90° Bent Nose Pliers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, metal beads, torch, molds, casting machines, and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Use Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the soldering brick on a stable, level, and fire-safe work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChoose the ceramic melting dish or ceramic crucible according to the amount of material being heated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdd a suitable small amount of metal or material into the ceramic container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeat carefully with a proper torch or heat source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the stainless steel crucible holder to grip and move the hot container when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the red-handle bent nose pliers for positioning small items or assisting with detailed bench work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow all tools and ceramic parts to cool completely before touching, cleaning, or storing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use this product on a stable, fire-safe workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear proper heat-resistant gloves, eye protection, and other safety gear during heating work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCeramic parts and metal tools may remain hot for a long time after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not touch heated crucibles, melting dishes, or soldering bricks with bare hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use cracked, damaged, or heavily worn ceramic components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not leave an active torch or heated materials unattended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep flammable items away from the work area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from heating and soldering tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAllow all parts to cool naturally before cleaning or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a torch included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This set does not include a torch or heat source. A suitable external torch is required for melting or soldering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this set be used for jewelry making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for small-batch jewelry melting, soldering support, repair practice, and general bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the crucibles ceramic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The set includes ceramic crucibles and a ceramic melting dish for high-temperature bench applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for large-volume melting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This set is intended for small-scale jewelry and hobby work, not large-volume foundry melting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the tongs be used to move hot crucibles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stainless steel crucible holder is designed to grip and move hot crucibles or melting dishes, but proper heat protection should always be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55033540903211,"sku":"CK02358","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ck02358-jewelry-melting-kit-ceramic-crucible-dish-tongs-main-view.webp?v=1787755029"},{"product_id":"stereo-microscope-for-jewelry-inspection-7x-45x-magnification-wf10x-eyepiece","title":"Tooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with WF10X Eyepieces","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other small-detail bench work. With 7X-45X magnification and WF10X eyepieces, it helps users clearly observe fine details during repair, inspection, and precision assembly tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe binocular viewing head provides comfortable stereo observation, while the 45° viewing angle helps reduce neck strain during extended use. The manual focus knobs allow smooth and precise adjustment, making it easier to inspect rings, gemstones, small watch parts, circuit boards, coins, and handmade craft pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis microscope features a split-style structure with a separate microscope head and stand base. The stable desktop stand, metal support post, and work plate with clips provide a practical setup for close-range inspection and bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X-45X Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjustable magnification range allows users to inspect fine details at different viewing levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Eyepiece\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWidefield eyepieces provide a comfortable binocular viewing experience for close-up inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45° Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAngled viewing design helps support a more comfortable working posture during long inspection sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100 mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides enough space under the lens for placing jewelry, tweezers, small tools, and repair parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eManual Focus Knobs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eLarge side focus knobs allow smooth adjustment for clear and precise observation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Desktop Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid base and metal support post keep the microscope steady during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWork Plate with Clips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt-in work plate and clips help position and hold small items during inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSplit-Style Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe microscope head and stand base are separate components, making the setup easier to assemble, adjust, and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection — rings, stones, prongs, solder joints, and surface details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting — viewing stones and settings during placement or adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair — tiny screws, gears, movements, and delicate watch components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronics checking — circuit boards, solder points, connectors, and small parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCoin and craft inspection — engravings, textures, fine lines, and handmade items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a stereo inspection microscope for close-range visual work. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA biological compound microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA digital camera microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA long-distance or telescope-style viewing device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for large or bulky objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for heavy-duty industrial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetails\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X-45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBinocular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100 mm \/ 3.94 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFocus Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual Adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStand Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDesktop post support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e38.5 x 25 x 37.5 cm \/ 15.16 x 9.84 x 14.76 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4.8 kg \/ 10.58 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Microscope Head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stand Base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry, rings, tweezers, tools, stones, watches, electronic parts, and other workbench accessories shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Setup Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the stand base on a stable, dry, and level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMount the microscope head onto the stand base securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the item to be inspected on the work plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the metal clips to hold small items in place if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLook through the eyepieces and adjust the focus knobs until the image is clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the magnification according to the level of detail required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the microscope in a clean and dry location after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable surface to prevent tipping or dropping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not expose the microscope to water, moisture, or excessive dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the lenses clean using proper optical cleaning materials only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not look directly at strong light sources through the eyepieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandle the microscope head carefully during installation or removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep children and untrained users away from the equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the microscope in a clean, dry place when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this microscope suitable for jewelry work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for inspecting rings, gemstones, prongs, solder joints, and other fine jewelry details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for watch repair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The stereo viewing design and 7X-45X magnification range make it useful for small watch components and movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a digital microscope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is an optical stereo microscope. It does not include a camera or digital display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a split-style microscope. The microscope head and stand base are separate components and need to be assembled before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe working distance is approximately 100 mm \/ 3.94 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for large objects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This microscope is designed for small-detail, close-range inspection and is not recommended for large or bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55034150191403,"sku":"KH-HH-MH07A","price":499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/mh07a-stereo-microscope-jewelry-inspection-7x-45x-main-view.webp?v=1787757935"},{"product_id":"jewelry-saw-kit-with-bench-pin-clamp-3-0-blades-piercing-saw-frame-tool-set","title":"Jewelry Saw Kit with Bench Pin Clamp 3\/0 Blades Piercing Saw Frame Tool Set","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Jewelry Saw Kit is designed for jewelry making, metal cutting, piercing work, and detailed handmade projects. This complete set includes an adjustable jewelry saw frame, a wooden bench pin with V-notch support, a table clamp, and 12 pieces of 3\/0 saw blades, providing a practical setup for jewelers, beginners, and craft enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable saw frame helps maintain stable blade tension for smoother and more accurate cutting, while the wooden bench pin provides a secure support area for small workpieces. The V-notch design allows users to position metal sheets and jewelry components closer to the cutting area, improving control during detailed work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included table clamp securely attaches the wooden bench pin to the edge of a workbench or table, creating a stable cutting platform without requiring a permanent installation. The compact design makes this tool set suitable for jewelry studios, DIY workshops, and home craft benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Jewelry Saw Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe sturdy metal saw frame is designed for precise cutting and piercing operations. The adjustable structure helps keep the saw blade properly tensioned for smoother and cleaner cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eErgonomic Black Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe comfortable handle provides a secure grip during manual cutting, helping users maintain better control and accuracy during detailed jewelry work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWooden Bench Pin with V-Notch Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe wooden bench pin provides stable support for small workpieces. The forked V-notch area allows users to position metal sheets closer to the cutting point for easier piercing and shaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Table Clamp Mounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included metal clamp allows the bench pin to be attached securely to the edge of a workbench or table. The adjustable screw design helps keep the working platform stable during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e12 pcs 3\/0 Saw Blades Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eComes with 12 fine saw blades suitable for detailed cutting work on thin metal sheets, jewelry components, and small craft materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Jewelry Workstation Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe combination of saw frame, bench pin, and clamp creates a practical workspace solution for jewelers who need a stable cutting surface without a large machine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable for Beginners and Professionals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis set is suitable for jewelry students, hobbyists, silversmiths, and professional jewelers performing detailed manual cutting tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry making — cutting rings, pendants, earrings, and small metal components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal piercing work — creating detailed patterns and decorative shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSilversmith projects — cutting silver sheets and thin metal materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY crafts — handmade accessories and precision craft projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eModel making — detailed cutting of small parts and thin materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair preparation — trimming and shaping small components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is a manual jewelry cutting tool set for precision hand-cutting work. It is not:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA powered cutting machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA woodworking saw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for cutting thick metal bars or heavy materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDesigned for large industrial cutting applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eA replacement for electric saws or CNC equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetails\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry Saw Tool Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaw Frame Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAdjustable Manual Saw Frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlack Ergonomic Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBench Pin Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClamp Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaw Blade Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e3\/0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaw Blade Quantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e12 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBench Pin Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e188 x 59 mm \/ 7.40 x 2.32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBench Pin Slot\/Hole Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e19 mm \/ 0.75 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClamp Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e155 mm \/ 6.10 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Clamp Opening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e57 mm \/ 2.24 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5 kg \/ 1.10 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Adjustable Jewelry Saw Frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Wooden Bench Pin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Metal Table Clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e12 x 3\/0 Saw Blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the items listed above are included. Jewelry pieces, metal sheets, rings, tools, workbench accessories, and other items shown in application images are not included unless specifically stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Setup Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAttach the wooden bench pin securely to the edge of a stable workbench using the included clamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall a 3\/0 saw blade into the upper and lower holders of the saw frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the blade tension until the blade is straight and firmly secured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the metal sheet or jewelry workpiece on the V-notch area of the wooden bench pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the saw frame vertically and cut along the marked line using steady strokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eReplace the blade when it becomes worn or damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean and store the tools properly after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways secure the bench pin firmly before cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers away from the saw blade during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear appropriate eye protection when cutting metal materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the correct blade size according to the material thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force the saw through the material; allow the blade to perform the cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the tools clean and dry after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore saw blades safely to avoid accidental injury.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this saw kit suitable for jewelry making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This kit is designed for jewelry making, metal piercing, and detailed hand-cutting projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it cut metal sheets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for thin metal sheets and small jewelry components. Cutting performance depends on material type and thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size saw blades are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe kit includes 12 pieces of 3\/0 jewelry saw blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the bench pin need to be permanently installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The included clamp allows the bench pin to be attached temporarily to a workbench or table edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan beginners use this jewelry saw set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The simple manual design makes it suitable for beginners learning jewelry cutting techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it cut thick metal pieces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This tool is designed for thin materials and detailed jewelry work, not heavy-duty cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the clamp included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The package includes one metal table clamp for securing the wooden bench pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about this product or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55061609513259,"sku":"CK0782","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/black-handle-jewelry-saw-frame-main-view_50659f0f-444c-4cf1-8730-be89f98467f1.webp?v=1787651077"},{"product_id":"tooltos-hh-mh08a-stereo-microscope","title":"Tooltos HH-MH08A Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with Desktop Stand","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size: 24px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eTooltos HH-MH08A Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with Desktop Stand\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-MH08A Jewelry Stereo Microscope is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other precision bench work. Featuring a 7X-45X continuous zoom range, WF10X wide-field binocular eyepieces, and a true stereo optical system, it delivers sharp, three-dimensional magnified views with natural depth perception ideal for precision close-detail work in workshops and repair benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe ergonomic 45-degree inclined binocular head reduces neck and eye strain during extended inspection sessions. The split-structure design with a separate microscope head and heavy-duty desktop post stand makes setup, adjustment, and storage straightforward for professional and hobbyist users alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X-45X Continuous Zoom Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSmoothly adjustable zoom lets you switch between wide-area overview and fine-detail inspection without changing objectives. Suitable for jewelry pieces, mechanical components, electronic boards, and craft items of varying sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStereo Binocular Optical System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eTrue stereo optics deliver three-dimensional depth perception, helping you accurately judge the shape, position, and surface condition of small objects. Essential for gemstone setting and solder joint inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Wide-Field Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWide-field eyepieces expand the observable area and reduce eye fatigue, making them well-suited for long inspection sessions in jewelry workshops and repair environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eErgonomic 45-Degree Inclined Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe angled binocular head promotes a natural, upright working posture, reducing strain during detailed repair and inspection tasks compared to straight-tube designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100 mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe generous 100 mm working distance provides ample clearance for placing jewelry pieces, tweezers, setting tools, and small components beneath the lens. With an optional 0.5X auxiliary lens, working distance extends to 165 mm for even greater flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSmooth Manual Focus Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eLarge side-mounted focus knobs allow precise, controlled focusing for quick image sharpness adjustment across different magnification levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHeavy-Duty Desktop Post Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid metal stand base minimizes vibration and movement during precision work, providing a stable platform for consistent inspection results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSplit-Structure Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe microscope head and stand base are separate components, simplifying installation, reconfiguration, transport, and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection: examine gemstone surfaces, prong settings, polishing quality, and solder joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting: observe stone placement, alignment, and edge condition with depth perception\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair: inspect gears, screws, movements, and small mechanical parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronics inspection: check PCB solder joints, component placement, and surface quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCraft and precision work: examine engraving details, coin surfaces, miniature parts, and handmade items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis microscope is designed for close-range optical inspection. It is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDigital imaging or video recording without additional camera adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBiological or compound microscope applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLong-distance or wide-area viewing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLarge or oversized object inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy industrial measurement tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-MH08A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptical Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStereo Microscope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X-45X Continuous Zoom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X Wide-Field Binocular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAuxiliary Lens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5X (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45-Degree Inclined Binocular Head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100 mm \/ 3.94 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance with 0.5X Lens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e165 mm \/ 6.50 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Method\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBinocular Stereo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFocus System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual Side-Knob Focus Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStand Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHeavy-Duty Desktop Post Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e38.5 x 27.5 x 37.5 cm \/ 15.16 x 10.83 x 14.76 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5.4 kg \/ 11.90 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x HH-MH08A Stereo Microscope Head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Desktop Post Stand Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the microscope components listed above are included. Jewelry samples, gemstones, watches, electronic parts, tools, and other accessories shown in product images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Setup Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the desktop stand on a stable, level work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMount the microscope head onto the stand post assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the interpupillary distance on the eyepieces for comfortable viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the object beneath the microscope lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the focus knobs to achieve a sharp, clear image.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRotate the zoom control to select the required magnification level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean the optical surfaces and store the microscope properly after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the microscope on a stable, vibration-free workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not touch optical lens surfaces directly with fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean optical surfaces only with appropriate lens cleaning tools and solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the microscope away from moisture, dust, and excessive heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eProtect the unit from strong impacts during transport and handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore in a dry, clean environment when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the HH-MH08A stereo microscope used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone setting, watch repair, electronics checking, and other close-range precision observation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it provide true stereo viewing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The binocular stereo optical system delivers genuine depth perception for natural three-dimensional observation of small objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I attach a camera to this microscope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a pure optical stereo microscope. Camera connection requires additional adapters not included in the standard package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnification range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe continuous zoom range is 7X to 45X.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stand included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The package includes both the HH-MH08A microscope head and the matching desktop post stand assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for inspecting large objects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. It is optimized for small-detail, close-range inspection and is not designed for large or wide-area objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55071141691691,"sku":"KH-HH-MH08A","price":559.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-mh08a-stereo-microscope-angled-view.webp?v=1787650983"},{"product_id":"tooltos-hh-ms06a-stereo-microscope-for-jewelry-inspection-7x-45x-zoom","title":"Tooltos HH-MS06A Jewelry Inspection Stereo Microscope 7X-45X","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-MS06A Jewelry Inspection Stereo Microscope is designed for detailed bench work including jewelry inspection, gemstone checking, watch repair, circuit board inspection, and small craft observation.With 7X-45X adjustable magnification and WF10X widefield eyepieces, it helps users view fine surface details clearly and work with greater accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe binocular stereo design provides a natural three-dimensional viewing experience, making it easier to observe depth, shape, texture, and small structural details. The 45-degree angled viewing head supports a more comfortable working posture during longer inspection or repair sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt with a stable desktop stand, adjustable focus system, stage clips, and black stage plate, this microscope is suitable for professional workshops, jewelry benches, repair stations, electronics workspaces, and hobby craft use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X-45X Zoom Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable zoom range allows users to switch between wider observation and closer detail inspection, suitable for different small objects and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Widefield Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe widefield WF10X eyepieces provide a clear, comfortable viewing area for precision work and extended inspection sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45-Degree Angled Viewing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe inclined viewing angle helps reduce neck and eye strain, making the microscope more comfortable for extended use at the bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e100mm Working Distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides enough space under the lens for tools, tweezers, rings, gemstones, watch parts, circuit boards, and other small items during active work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Desktop Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe solid base and vertical support post keep the microscope steady during inspection, adjustment, and repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSmooth Focus Adjustment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eLarge focus knobs allow smooth height adjustment, helping users quickly bring small details into clear view without losing position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePractical Stage Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe black stage plate improves contrast when observing bright or reflective objects, while the stage clips help secure small samples during inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and surface checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting and diamond checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing and bracelet detail inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch movement repair and assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCircuit board inspection and soldering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCoin and stamp observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eModel making and engraving inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall craft and hobby bench work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis microscope is not designed for biological or medical specimen observation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt does not include a built-in light source; external lighting is recommended for best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNot suitable for high-magnification scientific research requiring above 45X.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNot intended for outdoor or field use; designed for stable bench or desk environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-MS06A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X-45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyepiece\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100mm \/ 3.94in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e51 x 36 x 30cm \/ 20.08 x 14.17 x 11.81in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGross Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Stereo Microscope (HH-MS06A)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any accessories, tools, or materials shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the microscope on a stable, flat surface and ensure the base is secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the object on the stage plate and secure it with the stage clips if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the eyepieces to a comfortable width for your eyes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect the desired zoom level using the zoom knob.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the focus knob slowly until the image becomes clear and sharp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust external lighting to reduce glare and improve surface contrast as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not point the microscope directly at strong light sources such as the sun or high-intensity lamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the lenses clean and free from dust; use a soft lens cloth for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not disassemble the optical components; internal adjustment should be performed by qualified technicians only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore in a dry, dust-free environment to protect the optical surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this microscope come with a light source?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, the HH-MS06A does not include a built-in light source. We recommend using an external ring light or adjustable desk lamp for best viewing results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this microscope for biological specimens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, this is a stereo microscope designed for surface observation of solid objects. It is not suitable for biological slides or thin-section specimens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the magnification adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the zoom range is continuously adjustable from 7X to 45X, allowing you to switch between wide-area observation and close-up detail inspection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe working distance is 100mm, which provides enough clearance for tools, tweezers, and small workpieces during active bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55077761941803,"sku":"KH-HH-MS06A","price":629.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-ms06a-stereo-microscope-main-view.webp?v=1787754964"},{"product_id":"hh-g02-pneumatic-engraving-machine","title":"Tooltos HH-G02 Pneumatic Engraving Machine for Jewelry 45PSI Single Handpiece","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-G02 Pneumatic Engraving Machine is designed for jewelry engraving, stone setting, ring detailing, pendant carving, small metal polishing, and fine craft work. With 400–8000 RPM adjustable handpiece working speed and 0–45 PSI pressure regulation, it helps users achieve more stable control during detailed bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pneumatic handpiece provides precise impact engraving performance, making it suitable for creating fine lines, decorative patterns, texturing, and detailed surface work on jewelry and small metal pieces. The foot pedal allows hands-free operation, helping users control the engraving rhythm while keeping both hands focused on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt with a compact desktop body, top carry handle, front control panel, external air filter regulator, and practical accessory set, this engraving machine is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, craft benches, stone setting workstations, and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM Adjustable Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable handpiece working speed allows users to control the engraving rhythm according to different materials, patterns, and detail requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e0–45 PSI Pressure Regulation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe air pressure can be adjusted from 0 to 45 PSI, helping provide stable airflow for engraving, stone setting, and fine surface work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePneumatic Handpiece Output\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe handpiece is suitable for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, stone setting assistance, and small metal craft work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe foot pedal supports hands-free operation, allowing users to start and control work more conveniently while focusing on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eExternal Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe air filter regulator helps filter and regulate incoming air, supporting cleaner airflow and more stable machine performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Portable Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact body saves bench space, while the top carry handle makes the machine easier to move, store, or reposition in a workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePractical Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe front panel includes a power button, speed adjustment knob, pressure regulator, and handpiece connection port, making daily operation straightforward and easy to understand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing and pendant detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metal polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine craft carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDecorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine requires an external air compressor for operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe air compressor is not included in the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work, not heavy-duty cutting or drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not suitable for wood cutting, masonry work, or large industrial metal processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe foot pedal hose should be connected to the air filter regulator side port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration only unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-G02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e220V 50Hz \/ 110V 60Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandpiece Working Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Regulation Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–45 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e27 x 14 x 22.5 cm \/ 10.63 x 5.51 x 8.86 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e30 x 30 x 33 cm \/ 11.81 x 11.81 x 12.99 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7 kg \/ 15.43 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Engraving Machine HH-G02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Pneumatic Handpiece and Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Foot Pedal and Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x AC Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Spare Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Hex Key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any jewelry, tools, workpieces, vises, or display props shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the AC adapter and power cord to the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the handpiece hose to the front air port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal hose to the air filter regulator side port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the machine to a compatible external air compressor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the power button to turn on the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the speed knob and air pressure regulator according to the workpiece and engraving task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the handpiece securely and press the foot pedal to begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust speed and pressure gradually during use for better control and smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine is available in 110V (60Hz) and 220V (50Hz) versions. Please select the correct voltage option for your region before ordering. A plug adapter is included in the package. If you are unsure which voltage is standard in your country, please check with a local electrician before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the machine on a stable, dry, and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMake sure all hoses and connectors are securely attached before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the recommended pressure range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands, loose clothing, and hair away from moving or vibrating parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during engraving or polishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the machine in wet environments or near flammable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power and disconnect the air supply before cleaning, adjustment, or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine require an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, this pneumatic engraving machine requires an external air compressor for operation. The air compressor is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this machine be used for jewelry engraving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, it is suitable for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, stone setting work, and small metal craft applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the working speed adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the handpiece working speed can be adjusted from 400 to 8000 RPM, allowing users to choose a suitable speed for different tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pressure regulation range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pressure regulation range is 0–45 PSI, which helps provide controlled airflow for detailed engraving work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for heavy-duty cutting or drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, this machine is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work. It is not intended for heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or large industrial processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foot pedal included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the package includes a foot pedal and hose for hands-free operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":55083458920747,"sku":"KH-HH-G02-110","price":459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":55083458953515,"sku":"KH-HH-G02-220","price":459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-g02-jewelry-engraving-machine-detail-view_db593dd8-8a41-4d3d-b7ad-53057022b65f.webp?v=1787810465"},{"product_id":"tooltos-hh-g03-pneumatic-engraving-machine","title":"Tooltos HH-G03 Pneumatic Jewelry Engraving Machine 60 PSI Dual Handpieces","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-G03 Pneumatic Engraving Machine is designed for jewelry engraving, stone setting assistance, ring detailing, pendant carving, bracelet decoration, small metal polishing, and fine craft work. With 400–8000 RPM adjustable handpiece working speed, 0–60 PSI foot control pressure range, and 0–30 PSI hand control pressure range, it helps users achieve more stable control during detailed bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe pneumatic handpieces provide precise impact engraving performance, making them suitable for creating fine lines, decorative patterns, textures, lettering, and detailed surface work on jewelry and small metal pieces. The foot pedal allows hands-free operation, helping users control the engraving rhythm while keeping both hands focused on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBuilt with a compact desktop body, front control panel, external air filter regulator, dual handpiece setup, and practical accessory set, this engraving machine is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, craft benches, stone setting workstations, and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM Adjustable Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable handpiece working speed allows users to control the engraving rhythm according to different materials, patterns, and detail requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSeparate Hand and Foot Pressure Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe HH-G03 supports separate pressure regulation for different operation styles. The foot control pressure range is 0–60 PSI, while the hand control pressure range is 0–30 PSI, helping users achieve better control during detailed engraving work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eDual Pneumatic Handpieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe package includes two handpieces, making it convenient for different engraving needs, replacement use, or switching between work setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe foot pedal supports hands-free operation, allowing users to start and control work more conveniently while focusing on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eExternal Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe air filter regulator helps filter moisture and impurities from the incoming air, supporting cleaner airflow, more stable machine performance, and longer service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Desktop Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact machine body saves bench space and fits easily on jewelry workbenches, repair tables, and small studio workstations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePractical Control Panel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe front control panel includes pressure gauges, speed adjustment knob, hand\/foot control selector, pressure control knobs, power button, and handpiece connection ports, making daily operation more direct and easy to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing engraving and detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePendant carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metal polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine craft carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDecorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eNameplate and tag engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine requires an external air compressor for operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe air compressor is not included in the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is designed for fine engraving, detail work, and small metal surface work, not heavy-duty cutting or drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not suitable for wood cutting, masonry work, thick metal plate cutting, or large industrial metal processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe external air filter regulator should be connected according to the machine's air input\/output ports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration only unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-G03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePneumatic Engraving Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e220V 50Hz \/ 110V 60Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandpiece Working Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e400–8000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoot Control Pressure Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–60 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHand Control Pressure Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–30 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e29.2 × 15 × 20.6 cm \/ 11.5 × 5.9 × 8.1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e39 × 22 × 26 cm \/ 15.4 × 8.7 × 10.2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e11 kg \/ 24.3 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Engraving Machine HH-G03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 x Pneumatic Handpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 x Pneumatic Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Air Filter Regulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Converter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e6 x Touch Palm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e3 x Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Any jewelry, tools, workpieces, vises, or display props shown in lifestyle or application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power cord and power converter to the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the external air filter regulator to the side of the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the pneumatic tube to the correct air port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the handpiece to the handpiece connection port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal if foot control operation is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the machine to a compatible external air compressor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePress the power button to turn on the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the speed knob and pressure regulators according to the workpiece and engraving task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the handpiece securely and begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust speed and pressure gradually during use for better control and smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the machine and disconnect the air supply after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine is available in 110V (60Hz) and 220V (50Hz) versions. Please select the correct voltage option for your region before ordering. A plug adapter may be included in the package. If you are unsure which voltage is standard in your country, please check with a local electrician before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways use the machine on a stable, dry, and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMake sure all hoses, connectors, and fittings are securely attached before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the recommended pressure range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse a compatible external air compressor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands, loose clothing, and hair away from moving or vibrating parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during engraving or polishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not use the machine in wet environments or near flammable materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power and disconnect the air supply before cleaning, adjustment, or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this machine require an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, this pneumatic engraving machine requires an external air compressor for operation. The air compressor is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this machine be used for jewelry engraving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, it is suitable for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, bracelet decoration, stone setting assistance, and small metal craft applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the working speed adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the handpiece working speed can be adjusted from 400 to 8000 RPM, allowing users to choose a suitable speed for different tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pressure regulation range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe foot control pressure range is 0–60 PSI, and the hand control pressure range is 0–30 PSI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many handpieces are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe package includes 2 pneumatic handpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for heavy-duty cutting or drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo, this machine is designed for fine engraving and small metal detail work. It is not intended for heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or large industrial processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foot pedal included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes, the package includes a foot pedal for hands-free operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"110V","offer_id":55159476519211,"sku":"KH-HH-G03-110","price":899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220V","offer_id":55159476551979,"sku":"KH-HH-G03-220","price":899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-g03-jewelry-engraving-machine-main-view.webp?v=1788184387"},{"product_id":"hh-at02-jewelry-micromotor-engraving-machine-tooltos","title":"Tooltos HH-AT02 Jewelry Micromotor Engraving Machine 35000RPM with Foot Pedal","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos HH-AT02 Jewelry Micromotor Engraving Machine is designed for jewelry engraving, ring detailing, pendant carving, gemstone setting assistance, and precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe integrated engraving system combines a high-speed micromotor handpiece with a complete accessory set, allowing users to create fine lines, decorative patterns, lettering, surface textures, and detailed modifications on jewelry and small metal pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal enables hands-free speed control, helping you maintain better focus and smoother operation during bench work. With a compact 22 × 12 × 18 cm desktop design and practical front control panel, the HH-AT02 is suitable for jewelry studios, repair workshops, craft benches, and DIY jewelry making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e0–100% Adjustable Engraving Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe variable speed control allows you to select the exact working speed for different materials, engraving styles, and detail requirements — from slow, controlled passes for delicate work to faster speeds for surface finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eUp to 35,000 RPM Micromotor Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe high-speed micromotor handpiece provides efficient rotation for detailed jewelry work, helping you create precise lines, textures, and surface finishes on small metal pieces and jewelry components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFoot Pedal Speed Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included foot pedal allows hands-free speed adjustment while keeping both hands on the workpiece, improving working efficiency and comfort during extended engraving sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eQuick-Change Chuck System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe quick-change chuck system makes switching between different engraving accessories fast and convenient, reducing downtime when changing tools for different engraving tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eComplete Engraving Accessory Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe package includes a micromotor handpiece, pneumatic tube handle, graver set, quick-change chuck set, handpiece base, foot pedal, and power accessories — everything needed to start jewelry engraving work without purchasing basic accessories separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Desktop Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAt 22 × 12 × 18 cm, the HH-AT02 is designed to fit on jewelry benches, repair tables, and small studio workspaces without taking up excessive bench space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRing engraving and detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePendant carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone setting assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metal surface finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDecorative pattern engraving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLettering and marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair and modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDIY jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFine craft carving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBench work in jewelry studios and repair workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis machine does not require an external air compressor for normal micromotor engraving operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis product is intended for precision engraving, surface detailing, and craft applications — not heavy-duty cutting or drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not suitable for wood cutting, masonry processing, thick metal plate cutting, or industrial machining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSelect suitable engraving accessories according to the material and working requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAccessories shown in lifestyle images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included unless specifically listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left; width: 40%;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHH-AT02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e160W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100–240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGraver Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–100% Adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMicromotor Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0–35,000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e22 × 12 × 18 cm \/ 8.66 × 4.72 × 7.09 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Dimension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45.5 × 34 × 19 cm \/ 17.91 × 13.39 × 7.48 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5 kg \/ 11.02 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x HH-AT02 Jewelry Engraving Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Micromotor Handpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Pneumatic Tube Handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Foot Pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Handpiece Base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Converter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Plug Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Quick Change Chuck Set (6 pcs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Graver Set (6 pcs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Graver Base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Allen Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 x Carbon Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eOnly the items listed above are included in the package. Jewelry, workpieces, tools, or display accessories shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the engraving machine on a stable, dry, and flat workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power cord and power converter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the micromotor handpiece or selected engraving tool to the handpiece port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the required graver or accessory using the chuck system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the foot pedal if hands-free speed control is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn on the power switch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the engraving speed according to the material and working requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHold the handpiece securely and begin engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust speed gradually during operation for smoother results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the machine after work and clean the accessories before storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis machine supports 100–240V wide-voltage input and can be used in different regions with the appropriate plug adapter included in the package. Please confirm the voltage standard and plug type required in your area before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways operate the machine on a stable, dry, and flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection during all engraving work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands, loose clothing, and hair away from rotating parts during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not touch moving accessories while the machine is running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse suitable engraving tools and accessories for the material being worked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDisconnect power before replacing accessories or performing maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the machine away from water and excessive humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the machine and accessories safely when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the HH-AT02 require an air compressor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The HH-AT02 uses an integrated micromotor system and does not require an external air compressor for normal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials can this machine engrave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is suitable for jewelry metals including gold, silver, copper, brass, and other commonly used jewelry materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the engraving speed adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The machine supports 0–100% adjustable engraving speed, allowing you to select suitable settings for different applications and materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum micromotor speed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe micromotor speed can reach up to 35,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foot pedal included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The package includes a foot pedal for hands-free speed control during engraving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it replace industrial cutting machines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This product is designed for precision engraving and detail work, not heavy-duty cutting, drilling, or industrial machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre all accessories shown in the images included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eOnly the accessories listed in the package contents are included. Other items shown in demonstration images are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIf you have any questions about this product, please contact us at \u003cstrong\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/strong\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55273594716459,"sku":"KH-HH-AT02","price":799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-at02-jewelry-tool-front-view.webp?v=1788243799"},{"product_id":"tooltos-110mm-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 110mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill with 4 to 1 Gear Ratio","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 110mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill is designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, metalworkers, and craft makers who need controlled manual metal forming for jewelry fabrication and small workshop projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a 4 to 1 gear ratio, 110mm wide steel rollers, 55mm roller diameter, and an adjustable opening up to 4mm, this compact rolling mill helps prepare metal sheets and wires while maintaining steady hand control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAvailable in Black and Silver finishes, it fits jewelry benches, repair workshops, personal workbenches, and compact craft studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e4 to 1 Gear Ratio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe gear ratio provides efficient power transmission during manual operation, helping you apply consistent rolling force with less effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e110mm Wide Steel Rollers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 110mm working width provides a practical surface for jewelry sheet preparation and other small scale metal forming tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Roller Opening up to 4mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjust the roller gap according to the material thickness and project requirements for more controlled forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTwin Steel Rollers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe dual steel roller structure provides stable contact with compatible metal materials during sheet and wire preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eLeather Wrapped Crank Handle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe manual crank has a leather wrapped grip for a more comfortable operating experience during repeated rolling tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCompact Benchtop Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact structure is suited to jewelry benches, repair workshops, and small workspaces, with a stable base for manual operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry metal sheet rolling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry wire preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGoldsmith and silversmith bench work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMetal thickness adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry repair preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandmade jewelry making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall scale metal forming and craft workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual jewelry rolling mill operated with a hand crank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is intended for compatible metals used in jewelry and craft applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eResults depend on the material type, hardness, thickness, roller setting, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt does not include an electric drive system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMaterials and accessories shown in application images are not included unless listed in the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual Jewelry Rolling Mill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGear Ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 to 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e110 mm \/ 4.33 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e55 mm \/ 2.17 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMaximum Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 mm \/ 0.16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e23 x 13.5 x 28 cm \/ 9.06 x 5.31 x 11.02 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e33 x 33 x 20 cm \/ 12.99 x 12.99 x 7.87 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e18.5 kg \/ 40.79 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual hand crank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlack and Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Jewelry rolling mill machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Leather wrapped hand crank handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the items listed above are included. Metal materials, jewelry pieces, and other accessories shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the rolling mill on a stable level workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the roller opening according to the material thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInsert the compatible metal sheet or wire between the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the hand crank slowly and evenly to pass the material through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck the result and adjust the roller gap if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean the rollers after use and store the machine properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the rolling mill on a stable work surface before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep hands and loose clothing away from the roller gap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the recommended material thickness or force the crank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the rollers and frame before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean metal residue from the rollers after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the product away from children and unauthorized users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this rolling mill used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry making, metal sheet forming, wire preparation, and small scale metalworking projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rolling mill electric or manual?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a manual rolling mill operated with a hand crank. No motor or electrical power is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum roller opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe maximum roller opening is 4mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the roller width?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe roller width is 110mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe rolling mill is available in Black and Silver finishes. Both versions have the same specifications and functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIts compact design and manual operation make it suitable for beginners, hobby jewelry makers, and experienced jewelers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":55404149440811,"sku":"KH-HH-RM01B","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":55515315896619,"sku":"KH-HH-RM01D","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/hh-rm01-jewelry-rolling-mill-suitable-not-suitable.webp?v=1788406960"},{"product_id":"g6-bead-threading-machine","title":"Tooltos G6 Bead Threading Machine | 6-Channel Bead Stringing Tool","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAbout This Bead Threading Machine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos G6 Bead Threading Machine helps jewelry makers organize, reposition, and thread loose beads more efficiently. Six rotating channels keep beads moving while you manually guide the included threading needle through suitable bead holes. It is designed for bracelet and necklace making, jewelry workshops, craft studios, and small-scale handmade production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe G6 supports beads approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1.5–17 mm \/ 0.06–0.67 in\u003c\/strong\u003e and has adjustable speed with forward and reverse rotation. Its compact desktop format fits comfortably on a jewelry bench or craft table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Selling Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix rotating bead channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides multiple paths for moving and organizing loose beads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBead hole positioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous movement helps bring suitable bead holes into a more workable position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a slower setting for smaller or more delicate beads and a faster setting when appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward and reverse rotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Change the movement direction according to your working position and bead type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength fixer included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Helps support more consistent stringing length during bracelet and necklace work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact desktop design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 21 × 15 × 6 cm \/ 8.27 × 5.91 × 2.36 in for small workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fff3cd; border-left: 4px solid #e6a817; padding: 12px 16px; margin: 16px 0; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant function note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The G6 assists with bead movement and positioning. It does not automatically push the needle through the beads. The user manually guides the included threading needle.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin: 1.5rem 0 0.75rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee the G6 in use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: relative; width: 100%; max-width: 720px; padding-bottom: 56.25%; margin: 0 auto 1.5rem; overflow: hidden;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kOfjdidcc7A\" title=\"G6 Bead Threading Machine demonstration\" loading=\"lazy\" allowfullscreen style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; border: 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBest For and Not For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f5f5f5;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; font-weight: 600; text-align: left;\"\u003eNot For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBracelet and necklace making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eFully automatic needle threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRound, smooth, relatively uniform beads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBeads that cannot rotate freely in the channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry makers, craft studios, and small workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBeads outside the recommended 1.5–17 mm range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSmall-scale handmade jewelry production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eHeavy industrial production lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eG6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eNumber of Channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eBead Size Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1.5–17 mm \/ 0.06–0.67 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e5V DC via USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eForward and reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eMachine Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e21 × 15 × 6 cm \/ 8.27 × 5.91 × 2.36 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e1.7 kg \/ 3.75 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6; width: 40%; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePortable desktop type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePro Tips and Safe Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse round, smooth beads with centered, open holes for the most consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStart at a lower speed when working with small or delicate beads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force beads into the channels if they cannot move freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers, hair, loose clothing, and other objects away from moving channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDisconnect the USB power before cleaning or maintenance, and stop use if unusual noise or vibration occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x G6 Bead Threading Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Length Fixer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Threading Needle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x Power Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 x USB 5V Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eBeads, jewelry materials, thread, and other accessories shown in application images are not included unless listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size beads can the G6 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe recommended range is approximately 1.5–17 mm \/ 0.06–0.67 in. Suitability also depends on bead shape, hole position, hole size, and whether the bead can rotate freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the machine automatically thread beads onto the needle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The machine assists with bead movement and positioning. The user manually guides the included threading needle through the bead holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many channels does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe G6 has 6 rotating bead channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the speed and direction be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The machine has adjustable speed and forward or reverse rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat beads work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eRound, smooth, relatively uniform beads with centered and unobstructed holes generally work best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the machine size, power and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe machine measures 21 × 15 × 6 cm \/ 8.27 × 5.91 × 2.36 in, weighs approximately 1.7 kg \/ 3.75 lb, and uses 5V DC USB power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eQuestions about bead compatibility, setup, operation, or order status? Contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55440640868651,"sku":"TB-1688","price":299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/g6-jewelry-tool-main-view_1.webp?v=1788748049"},{"product_id":"tooltos-130mm-jewelry-rolling-mill","title":"Tooltos 130mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill with 4 to 1 Gear Ratio","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTooltos 130mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill with 4 to 1 Gear Ratio\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 130mm Manual Jewelry Rolling Mill is designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, metal artists, and professional craftspeople who need controlled metal forming for jewelry fabrication and small workshop projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith a 4 to 1 gear ratio, 130mm wide steel rollers, 65mm roller diameter, and a manually adjustable opening from 0.1mm to 4.5mm, this rolling mill helps you flatten sheets, prepare strips, and adjust metal thickness with steady hand control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eChoose the Black or Silver finish to match your workspace. Both color options share the same rolling structure and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e4 to 1 Gear Ratio\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe gear system provides mechanical advantage during manual operation, helping you apply steady pressure while feeding material through the rollers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e130mm Wide Steel Rollers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 130mm working width gives you room to prepare jewelry sheets and flat strips while maintaining consistent contact across the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e65mm Roller Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 65mm steel rollers provide a stable rolling surface for repeated jewelry making and small scale metalworking tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAdjustable Roller Opening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjust the opening from 0.1mm to 4.5mm to control the thickness of sheets, strips, and other flat metal components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eLeather Wrapped Hand Crank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe manual crank has a leather wrapped grip for comfortable handling and controlled material feeding during bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Benchtop Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe compact solid metal frame is suited to jewelry benches and workshop environments, providing a stable setup without taking up unnecessary workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry sheet preparation and metal thickness reduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGoldsmith and silversmith fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCopper and brass forming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBracelet and pendant strip preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHandmade jewelry projects and repair workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall metalworking studios and craft applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis rolling mill is designed for manual metal forming and jewelry fabrication. It is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectric or motorized operation because this is a manual hand crank model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy industrial or high volume production use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWire drawing or patterned rolling without suitable accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eProcessing extremely hard or oversized metal stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGear Ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e4 to 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e130 mm \/ 5.12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e65 mm \/ 2.56 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.1 to 4.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e30 x 12.5 x 29.5 cm \/ 11.81 x 4.92 x 11.61 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e34 x 33.5 x 20 cm \/ 13.39 x 13.19 x 7.87 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e23 kg \/ 50.71 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual hand crank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRoller Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBlack and Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Tooltos 130mm manual jewelry rolling mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 leather wrapped hand crank handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the items listed above are included. Metal materials, jewelry pieces, and other accessories shown in product images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the rolling mill on a stable level workbench and secure it if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the roller opening to match the desired starting thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInsert the metal sheet or strip between the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn the crank handle smoothly to feed the material through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eRe adjust the roller opening and repeat as needed to reach the target thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean the roller surfaces and store the mill properly after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAlways place the rolling mill on a stable vibration free workbench before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep fingers clear of the roller opening during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not exceed the maximum roller opening or force oversized materials through the rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInspect the equipment for damage before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the roller surfaces clean and lightly lubricated to maintain smooth operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the mill in a dry clean environment when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can this jewelry rolling mill be used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for flattening metal sheets, preparing strips, and adjusting metal thickness during jewelry fabrication and small scale metalworking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rolling mill electric?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This is a manual hand crank model and does not require electrical power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the roller opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe roller opening adjusts from 0.1mm to 4.5mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the roller width?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe roller width is 130mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe rolling mill is available in Black and Silver. Both versions have the same specifications and functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat metals can be rolled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is intended for common jewelry and craft metals such as gold, silver, copper, and brass, depending on the material hardness and thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":55514553450795,"sku":"KH-HH-RM02B","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":55514553483563,"sku":"KH-HH-RM02D","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/manual-jewelry-rolling-mill-black-front-view_7be8348a-fb9d-4130-a2fc-17ebaedec5bc.webp?v=1789008541"},{"product_id":"digital-stereo-microscope-articulating-arm-display","title":"Tooltos Digital Jewelry Stereo Microscope 7X-45X with 10.1 Inch Display","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos Digital Jewelry Stereo Microscope is designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, watchmakers, and precision technicians who need flexible magnification and a larger digital viewing display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eWith 7X to 45X continuous magnification, WF10X eyepieces, a 0.5X objective lens, and a 10.1 inch digital display, this stereo microscope provides a comfortable way to examine fine details, surface conditions, gemstones, small components, and repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe adjustable articulating arm gives you flexible positioning and open workspace beneath the lens. Set the viewing height and angle around each project, then keep the microscope stable with the clamp mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e7X to 45X Continuous Stereo Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe continuous zoom range lets you move from broader inspection to close detail without changing the microscope setup. The stereo optical system supports three dimensional observation for evaluating depth, shape, texture, and surface condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e10.1 Inch Digital Display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe built in display provides a larger viewing area than eyepiece only observation. It is useful during detailed jewelry work, inspection, repair, and precision assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Eyepieces and 0.5X Objective Lens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe WF10X wide field eyepieces and 0.5X objective lens provide a clear optical configuration for close inspection. The extended working distance with the 0.5X lens creates more room for practical bench operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45 Degree Viewing Angle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 45 degree viewing angle supports a more natural observation position and can help make extended inspection tasks more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFlexible Articulating Arm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eAdjust the microscope head for different workpiece sizes, viewing positions, and bench layouts. The open area beneath the lens is suitable for jewelry repair, stone setting, engraving, and other precision operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Clamp Mounting System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe clamp style mounting base provides a secure installation method for a workbench or inspection station. A stable setup helps keep the microscope positioned while you handle small parts and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis digital stereo microscope is suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone and diamond examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronic component and circuit board inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrecision metalwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEngraving and carving inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall craft and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLaboratory and workshop observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis microscope is designed for detailed surface inspection and precision bench work. It is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLarge object observation beyond the working distance range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHigh speed industrial production inspection systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBiological laboratory research requiring compound microscopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMedical diagnosis or clinical applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy duty industrial measurement equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDigital Stereo Microscope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMagnification Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X to 45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eEyepieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eObjective Lens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWorking Distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e100 mm standard or 165 mm with the 0.5X lens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e10.1 inch digital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMount Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eArticulating arm clamp stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eManual adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e480 x 500 x 240 mm \/ 18.90 x 19.69 x 9.45 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eGross Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e10 kg \/ 22.05 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePrimary Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and precision work\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Digital stereo microscope head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 10.1 inch display screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Articulating arm stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Clamp mount base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Objective lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Power adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 User manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the items listed above are included. Jewelry pieces, gemstones, electronic components, and other accessories shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure the clamp base to a stable workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAttach the articulating arm and adjust its position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the microscope head and display screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eConnect the power supply and turn on the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the workpiece under the lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust magnification and focus for the observation task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSet the arm angle and working height for a comfortable position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the microscope on a stable work surface before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid touching optical surfaces directly with your fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the equipment away from moisture and excessive dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force the articulating arm beyond its adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTurn off the power when the microscope is not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the equipment in a clean and dry environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this microscope mainly used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone checking, watch repair, electronics inspection, and other precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnification range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe continuous magnification range is 7X to 45X.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a display screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. A 10.1 inch digital display is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe standard working distance is 100 mm, or 165 mm when using the 0.5X objective lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for jewelry setting work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The flexible articulating arm leaves working space under the lens for jewelry repair and stone setting tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a biological microscope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. It is a stereo inspection microscope for surface observation and precision bench work rather than biological research.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.25rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55536756162859,"sku":"KH-HH-MH01B","price":899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/jewelry-stereo-microscope-boom-arm-side-view.webp?v=1789111494"},{"product_id":"20pcs-ring-sizing-and-adjustment-tool-kit","title":"Tooltos 20 Piece Ring Sizer Kit with Mandrel, Mallet and Adjusters","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe Tooltos 20 Piece Ring Sizer Kit combines practical tools for measuring ring sizes, gentle reshaping, polishing, and improving the fit of slightly loose rings.The set includes ring sizers, measuring tapes, mandrels, a rubber mallet, ring clamp, agate burnisher, polishing accessories, and clear ring adjusters for jewelry making and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eUse the sizing tools to check a finger or an existing ring, use the metal mandrel and rubber mallet for gentle reshaping, then finish suitable surfaces with the burnisher and polishing accessories. Clear ring adjusters can help reduce excess space when a ring feels slightly loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eMultiple Ring Sizing Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eTry different sizes with the black plastic ring sizer set, or measure a finger with either the white or black measuring tape with magnifier. The two tapes provide the same basic measuring function in different colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eExisting Ring Size Checking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSlide an existing ring onto the black US size plastic ring mandrel to check its approximate size quickly and conveniently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eGentle Ring Reshaping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eSupport a slightly misshapen ring on the smooth metal mandrel and use the rubber mallet for controlled, gentle taps. The mallet helps reduce direct metal to metal contact during adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFinishing and Polishing Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe 7 cm agate burnisher, two polishing sticks, and blue and green polishing cloths support light surface finishing and cleaning work on suitable jewelry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eClear Ring Fit Adjusters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003ePlace a clear ring adjuster inside the lower part of a ring band to help reduce excess space when a ring feels slightly loose. The transparent, low profile design is intended to remain discreet during wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMeasuring finger and ring sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eChecking the approximate size of an existing ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBasic ring reshaping and rounding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLight jewelry cleaning and polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjusting the fit of a slightly loose ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry making, repair benches, and DIY maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe black plastic mandrel is mainly for checking ring size. It is not the primary tool for reshaping rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe metal mandrel is mainly for ring support and reshaping, not precise size measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThe white and black measuring tapes perform the same basic function, so use one at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eResults can vary with ring material, construction, thickness, and shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eSet type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing sizing and adjustment tool kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eTotal pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePlastic ring mandrel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eUS size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eAgate burnisher length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eRing adjusters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e8 clear adjusters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMeasuring tapes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e2 tapes with magnifiers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × US size plastic ring mandrel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × metal ring mandrel with top hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × black plastic ring sizer set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × rubber mallet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × plastic ring clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × 7 cm agate burnisher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × white measuring tape with magnifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × black measuring tape with magnifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × blue polishing cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 × green polishing cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e2 × polishing sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e8 × clear ring adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage disclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Please confirm the package contents upon arrival. Product accessories may be updated by the supplier, and the actual items received take precedence over the list above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMeasure a finger with either measuring tape, or try sizes with the black plastic ring sizer set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSlide an existing ring onto the black plastic mandrel to check its approximate size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace a slightly misshapen ring on the metal mandrel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTap gently with the rubber mallet to help restore the ring's round shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the burnisher, polishing sticks, and polishing cloths for suitable finishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall a clear ring adjuster inside a slightly loose ring to help improve its fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse gentle pressure and controlled taps. Do not strike a ring forcefully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse extra caution with delicate gemstone rings, hollow rings, plated jewelry, very thin rings, or unusual shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eTest polishing on a discreet area when the ring material or finish is unknown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep small parts and polishing accessories away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWear suitable eye protection when performing repeated adjustment or finishing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan this kit measure ring size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. Use the ring sizer set or either measuring tape to help determine a finger size, and use the black plastic mandrel to check the approximate size of an existing ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eCan this kit resize a ring automatically?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The tools support basic measuring, gentle reshaping, and fit adjustment. They do not provide automatic resizing or replace professional jewelry services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eAre the two measuring tapes different in function?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. The white and black tapes provide the same basic function in different colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eHow can I make a loose ring fit more securely?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eInstall one of the clear ring adjusters along the lower inner side of the ring band. This can help reduce excess space when the ring is only slightly loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions or support, contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55561865167147,"sku":"CK03353","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ring-adjuster-tools-flat-lay.webp?v=1789438895"},{"product_id":"jewelry-stereo-microscope-boom-stand","title":"Tooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope with Articulating Boom Stand 7X to 45X","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: inherit; color: inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size: 24px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTooltos Jewelry Stereo Microscope with Articulating Boom Stand 7X to 45X\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBring a clearer, more comfortable view to detailed bench work with this Tooltos stereo microscope. Its continuous 7X to 45X magnification, binocular viewing, and flexible articulating boom stand are designed for jewelers, goldsmiths, watchmakers, electronics technicians, repair professionals, and serious makers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe stereo optical system helps you see depth, shape, texture, and surface details in three dimensions. The 0.5X lens provides approximately 165 mm \/ 6.5 in of working distance, leaving useful room beneath the microscope for hands, tools, jewelry pieces, and small components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eContinuous 7X to 45X Stereo Magnification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eMove smoothly from broader inspection to close detail without changing the microscope setup. Stereo viewing makes it easier to judge depth, form, texture, and surface condition during inspection, repair, setting, and precision work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eWF10X Wide Field Eyepieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe wide field eyepieces support a comfortable view of jewelry, gemstones, watches, electronic components, and other small workpieces. The binocular design lets both eyes observe the workpiece at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e0.5X Lens for More Working Room\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe included 0.5X lens increases the working distance to approximately 165 mm \/ 6.5 in. This gives your hands and tools more room beneath the microscope for stone setting, jewelry repair, engraving, carving, and other detailed operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003e45 Degree Inclined Viewing Head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe inclined binocular viewing head creates a more natural observation position for bench work and can help reduce the need to lean directly over the microscope during longer inspection or repair sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFlexible Articulating Boom Stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003ePosition the microscope head according to the workpiece, viewing angle, and workbench layout. The open area beneath the boom is especially useful for jewelry inspection, stone setting, engraving, repair, and other precision operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eStable Bench Clamp Mount\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe clamp style base attaches to the edge of a compatible workbench or inspection station. Its sturdy structure supports the vertical post and articulating arm while keeping the main desktop area available for tools and workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eJewelry inspection and repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eGemstone and diamond examination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStone setting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eWatch repair and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eElectronic component and circuit board inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePrecision metalwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eEngraving and carving inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSmall parts, craft, hobby, and workshop observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eThis stereo microscope is designed primarily for close range surface observation, inspection, repair, and precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eIt is not intended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLarge object or long distance observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eBiological research requiring a compound microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMedical diagnosis or clinical applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHeavy duty industrial dimensional measurement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eHigh speed automated production inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eOutdoor wildlife observation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMagnification Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e7X to 45X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eEyepieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWF10X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eLens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e0.5X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eViewing Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e45 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStandard Working Distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApproximately 100 mm \/ 3.9 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eWorking Distance with 0.5X Lens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eApproximately 165 mm \/ 6.5 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eStand Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eArticulating Boom Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 40%; font-weight: 600; padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eMount Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 0.6rem 0.9rem; border: 1px solid #e0e0e0; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eBench Clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Stereo Microscope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e1 Articulating Boom Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the microscope and stand are included. Jewelry, gemstones, tools, workbenches, electronic components, and other items shown in application images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSecure the clamp base to the edge of a stable and compatible workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eMake sure the clamp is fully tightened before adjusting the microscope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePosition the articulating boom arm at a suitable height and angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003ePlace the workpiece beneath the microscope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eLook through the eyepieces and adjust the focus until the image is clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAdjust the magnification between 7X and 45X according to the inspection task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eUse the 0.5X lens when additional working distance is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eReposition the boom arm as needed and make sure all locking points are secure before continuing work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 1.5rem; font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eInstall the microscope on a strong and stable workbench before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eFully tighten the clamp base before positioning the boom arm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eCheck all locking knobs before placing the microscope into the working position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eSupport the microscope and arm when making major position adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eDo not force the articulating arm beyond its normal adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eAvoid touching optical surfaces directly with your fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eKeep the microscope away from moisture, excessive dust, and corrosive materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eClean optical components only with suitable lens cleaning materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003eStore the microscope in a clean and dry environment when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 20px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 2rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this microscope mainly used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eIt is designed for jewelry inspection, gemstone examination, stone setting, watch repair, electronics inspection, engraving, and other precision bench work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the magnification range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe microscope provides continuous magnification from 7X to 45X.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a display screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This is an optical stereo microscope designed for direct binocular viewing through the eyepieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working distance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eThe standard working distance is approximately 100 mm \/ 3.9 in, or about 165 mm \/ 6.5 in when using the 0.5X lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for jewelry stone setting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eYes. The articulating boom arm and extended working distance provide open workspace beneath the microscope for stone setting, jewelry repair, engraving, and other detailed bench operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 18px; font-weight: 600; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 16px; line-height: 1.8; margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, technical assistance, or order support, contact the Tooltos team at \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color: inherit; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We respond during business days within 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55633054662955,"sku":"KH-HH-MH01A","price":459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/jewelry-stereo-microscope-boom-arm-side-view_7c6d2421-dbf2-45e2-99a3-08efbfb724bd.webp?v=1789625906"},{"product_id":"jewelry-steam-cleaner-8-bar-foot-pedal","title":"Tooltos 8 Bar Professional Jewelry Steam Cleaner with Foot Pedal","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family:inherit;color:inherit;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTooltos 8 Bar Professional Jewelry Steam Cleaner with Foot Pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:.5rem;\"\u003eBring 8 Bar high pressure steam to the jewelry workbench with the DS300 8K jewelry steam cleaner. Its concentrated steam helps lift dirt, oil, polishing residue and other surface contaminants from suitable heat resistant jewelry and small metal components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThe fixed side nozzle keeps steam directed toward the work area, while the foot pedal lets you control steam release without taking your hands away from the workpiece. The 3L boiler and 2100W heating system support regular professional cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003e8 Bar High Pressure Steam\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eDelivers concentrated steam for detailed surfaces, settings, links, grooves and compatible small metal parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eHands Free Foot Pedal Control\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eRelease steam with your foot while both hands remain available for positioning and turning the item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFixed Side Nozzle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eKeeps the steam direction consistent and avoids the need to hold a separate steam gun during routine cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003e3L Boiler with 2100W Heating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eProvides a practical setup for repeated jewelry, repair bench and small metal part cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eStainless Steel Body\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eOffers a durable and easy to clean exterior for regular workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible gold, silver and platinum jewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRings, chains, pendants, bracelets and jewelry components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal watch bands and selected watch parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry findings, small metal parts and heat resistant bench tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional jewelry stores, repair benches and workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eImportant Function Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThis is a high temperature and high pressure steam cleaner for compatible heat resistant items. Pearls, coral, opal, glued jewelry, loose stones, delicate heat sensitive materials and electronic components should not be steam cleaned unless compatibility has been confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eDetailed Comparison with Similar 3L Models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eThese three products all use a 3L boiler. Compare steam pressure, heating power and control style to choose the right machine for your workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:94%;margin-left:0;margin-right:auto;text-align:left;table-layout:fixed;border-collapse:collapse;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:23%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:10%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003ePressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:8%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eBoiler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:10%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eHeating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:20%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:29%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eBest suited for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e8 Bar professional model （This）\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e8 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e2100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eFoot pedal and fixed nozzle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eProfessional users who prioritize higher steam pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/de\/products\/3l-gold-silver-stainless-steel-jewelry-steam-cleaner\" style=\"color:inherit;text-decoration:underline;\"\u003e3L Foot Switch and Fixed Nozzle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e4 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e2200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eFoot switch and fixed nozzle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eRoutine jewelry cleaning with standard pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/de\/products\/3l-gold-silver-stainless-steel-jewelry-steam-cleaner-with-handheld-steam-gun\" style=\"color:inherit;text-decoration:underline;\"\u003e3L Handheld Steam Gun\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e4 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e2200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eHandheld steam gun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.8;\"\u003eUsers who prefer to direct the steam by hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eWhy Choose the 8 Bar Model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose this model when higher steam pressure is more important than maximum heating wattage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 8 Bar pressure rating clearly separates it from the standard 4 Bar models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe foot pedal keeps both hands available for holding and repositioning jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fixed nozzle provides a consistent cleaning position for a dedicated workbench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a 4 Bar model instead if standard pressure, a handheld gun or a lower price point is the priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant comparison note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3L standard foot switch and handheld models are listed with 2200W heating power, while this model is listed with 2100W heating power. The key advantage of this product is its higher 8 Bar steam pressure, not higher heating wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:15px;\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eDS300 8K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eHeating Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e2100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eSteam Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e8 Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eBoiler Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e3L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eNozzle and Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eFixed side nozzle and foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eBody Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color:#f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width:40%;font-weight:600;padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:.6rem .9rem;border:1px solid #e0e0e0;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e240 × 380 × 390 mm or 9.45 × 14.96 × 15.35 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents and Basic Operating Steps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewelry steam cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot pedal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasuring cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunnel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional accessories shown in the product images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Package contents are limited to the machine and accessories shown in the product images. Jewelry, tweezers, cleaning containers and other demonstration items are not included unless specifically shown as part of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eBasic Operating Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd clean water through the top filling opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the cap securely before heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn on the power and allow the machine to heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace a suitable container below the nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBriefly press the pedal to release initial air and condensation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold a suitable item securely with tweezers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the pedal and move the item gradually for even cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn off the machine and allow it to cool before servicing or refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eVoltage and Plug Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eDesigned for 220V operation. Do not connect directly to an incompatible 110V to 120V outlet. Plug configuration or included power accessories may vary, so check the product images and local electrical requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:600;margin-top:2rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSafety Information FAQs and Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"padding-left:1.5rem;margin-bottom:1.5rem;font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hands and skin away from high temperature steam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse suitable tweezers for small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever open the cap while the machine is hot or pressurized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCool and depressurize the machine before refilling or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the nozzle directed away from people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the machine on a stable heat resistant surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm material and gemstone compatibility before cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eHow is steam controlled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003ePress the foot pedal to release steam and release it to stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eIs the nozzle handheld?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This model uses a fixed side nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eCan it clean all jewelry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. Use it only with confirmed compatible materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.25rem;margin-bottom:.5rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eIs this a 110V machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eNo. This model is designed for 220V operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:18px;font-weight:600;margin-top:1.5rem;margin-bottom:.75rem;line-height:1.4;\"\u003eSupport\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size:16px;line-height:1.8;margin-bottom:1.25rem;\"\u003eFor product questions, contact \u003ca href=\"mailto:sales@tooltos.com\" style=\"color:inherit;text-decoration:underline;\"\u003esales@tooltos.com\u003c\/a\u003e. Our team responds within 24 hours on business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tooltos","offers":[{"title":"220V","offer_id":55663414739243,"sku":"JHQCQC033","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0806\/2140\/4459\/files\/ds300-8k-jewelry-steam-cleaner-product-view.webp?v=1790049063"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.tooltos.com\/de\/collections\/free-shipping-cn.oembed?page=4","provider":"Tooltos Jewelry Tools","version":"1.0","type":"link"}